You are on page 1of 216

NPT-1020

Version 4.0

Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual


V4.0
Catalog No: X91627
Drawing No: 426006-2346-033-A00
March 2015
1st Edition

ECI's NPT-1200, NPT-1050, NPT-1020, NPT-1021, and NPT-1010 products comply with CE2.0
standard.
ECI's NPT-1600 product complies with MEF9 and MEF14 standards.

ECI's qualification lab is accredited by A2LA for competence in electrical testing according to
the International Standard ISO IEC 17025-2005 General Requirements for the Competence of
Testing and Calibration Laboratories.
ECI's management applications run on VMWare virtualization hypervisors.

Copyright by ECI, 2013-2015. All rights reserved worldwide.


This is a legal agreement between you, the end user, and ECI Ltd. (ECI). BY OPENING THE DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK PACKAGE, YOU ARE
AGREEING TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, PROMPTLY RETURN
THE UNOPENED DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK PACKAGE AND THE ACCOMPANYING ITEMS (INCLUDING WRITTEN MATERIALS AND BINDERS OR
OTHER CONTAINERS), TO THE PLACE FROM WHICH YOU OBTAINED THEM.
The information contained in the documentation and/or disk is proprietary and is subject to all relevant copyright, patent, and other laws protecting
intellectual property, as well as any specific agreement protecting ECI's rights in the aforesaid information. Neither this document nor the
information contained in the documentation and/or disk may be published, reproduced, or disclosed to third parties, in whole or in part, without
the express prior written permission of ECI. In addition, any use of this document, the documentation and/or the disk, or the information contained
therein for any purposes other than those for which it was disclosed, is strictly forbidden.
ECI reserves the right, without prior notice or liability, to make changes in equipment design or specifications. Information supplied by ECI is
believed to be accurate and reliable. However, no responsibility whatsoever is assumed by ECI for the use thereof, nor for the rights of third parties,
which may be affected in any way by the use and/or dissemination thereof.
Any representation(s) in the documentation and/or disk concerning performance of ECI product(s) are for informational purposes only and are not
warranties of product performance or otherwise, either express or implied. ECI's standard limited warranty, stated in its sales contract or order
confirmation form, is the only warranty offered by ECI.
The documentation and/or disk is provided AS IS and may contain flaws, omissions, or typesetting errors. No warranty is granted nor liability
assumed in relation thereto, unless specifically undertaken in ECI's sales contract or order confirmation. Information contained in the
documentation and in the disk is periodically updated, and changes will be incorporated in subsequent editions. If you have encountered an error,
please notify ECI. All specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
The documentation and/or disk and all information contained therein is owned by ECI and is protected by all relevant copyright, patent, and other
applicable laws and international treaty provisions. Therefore, you must treat the information contained in the documentation and disk as any
other copyrighted material (for example, a book or musical recording).
Other Restrictions. You may not rent, lease, sell, or otherwise dispose of the documentation and disk, as applicable. YOU MAY NOT USE, COPY,
MODIFY, OR TRANSFER THE DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK OR ANY COPY IN WHOLE OR PART, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS LICENSE.
ALL RIGHTS NOT EXPRESSLY GRANTED ARE RESERVED BY ECI.
All trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective holders.
ECI shall not be liable to you or to any other party for any loss or damage whatsoever or howsoever caused, arising directly or indirectly in connection with this
documentation and/or disk, the information contained therein, its use, or otherwise. Notwithstanding the generality of the aforementioned, you expressly waive any
claim and/or demand regarding liability for indirect, special, incidental, or consequential loss or damage which may arise in respect of the documentation and/or disk
and/or the information contained therein, howsoever caused, even if advised of the possibility of such damages.
The end user hereby undertakes and acknowledges that they read the "Before You Start/Safety Guidelines" instructions (when provided by ECI) and that such
instructions were understood by them.
It is hereby clarified that ECI shall not be liable to you or to any other party for any loss or damage whatsoever or howsoever caused, arising directly or indirectly in
connection with you fulfilling and/or failed to fulfill in whole or in part the "Before You Start/Safety Guidelines" instructions.
All graphics included in this document are for illustrative purposes only and might not correspond with your specific product version.

Contents
1

About This Manual ...................................................................................... 1-1


1.1

Intended Audience................................................................................................................. 1-1

1.2

Document Organization ......................................................................................................... 1-1

1.3

Notes and Warnings............................................................................................................... 1-1

1.4

Related Documentation ......................................................................................................... 1-2

1.5

How to Obtain ECI Technical Documentation ....................................................................... 1-2

1.6

Technical Assistance .............................................................................................................. 1-2

Introduction ................................................................................................ 2-1


2.1

NPT-1020 Platform Layout..................................................................................................... 2-1

2.2

EXT-2U Expansion Unit .......................................................................................................... 2-2

Before You Start .......................................................................................... 3-1


3.1

Overview ................................................................................................................................ 3-1


3.1.1

3.2

3.3

Site Preparation ..................................................................................................................... 3-3


3.2.1

Environmental Requirements ................................................................................................. 3-3

3.2.2

Physical Location ..................................................................................................................... 3-3

3.2.3

Power Sources ......................................................................................................................... 3-4

Tools and Test Equipment ..................................................................................................... 3-4


3.3.1

3.4

3.5

3.6

Outline of the Installation Procedure ...................................................................................... 3-1

Cleaning Optical Connectors ................................................................................................... 3-5

Installing the NPT-1020 in Racks ............................................................................................ 3-5


3.4.1

Installation Plan ....................................................................................................................... 3-5

3.4.2

Typical NPT-1020 Installation .................................................................................................. 3-6

3.4.3

Integrating NPT-1020 Platforms and Other Equipment in One Rack ...................................... 3-6

Preparing Cables and Fibers .................................................................................................. 3-7


3.5.1

Grounding Cables .................................................................................................................... 3-8

3.5.2

DC Power Cables ..................................................................................................................... 3-8

3.5.3

Alarm Cables ........................................................................................................................... 3-9

3.5.4

Management Cables ............................................................................................................... 3-9

3.5.5

Timing (Clock) Cables .............................................................................................................. 3-9

3.5.6

TOD/1PPS Cable .................................................................................................................... 3-10

3.5.7

Electric Traffic Cables ............................................................................................................ 3-10

3.5.8

Optical Fibers......................................................................................................................... 3-11

Work and Equipment Safety ................................................................................................ 3-12

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

iii

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

3.7

3.8

Contents

3.6.1

Grounding Requirements ...................................................................................................... 3-12

3.6.2

DC Power Supply Requirements ........................................................................................... 3-13

3.6.3

AC Power Supply Requirements ............................................................................................ 3-14

3.6.4

Laser Safety Requirements.................................................................................................... 3-14

Protection against Electrostatic Discharge .......................................................................... 3-17


3.7.1

Personnel Training ................................................................................................................ 3-18

3.7.2

Use of a Temporary EPA ........................................................................................................ 3-18

3.7.3

Work Arrangements within a Temporary EPA ...................................................................... 3-19

Environmental and Health Concerns ................................................................................... 3-20

Installing Equipment ................................................................................... 4-1


4.1

Overview ................................................................................................................................ 4-1

4.2

Preliminary Preparations ....................................................................................................... 4-1

4.3

Installation Sequence............................................................................................................. 4-1

4.4

Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection ........................................................................ 4-3

4.5

Installation Options................................................................................................................ 4-4

4.6

Installing Ancillary Units in Racks........................................................................................... 4-6

4.7

4.8

4.6.1

Installing the RAP-BG .............................................................................................................. 4-6

4.6.2

Installing the RAP-4B ............................................................................................................. 4-12

4.6.3

Installing the FST ................................................................................................................... 4-18

4.6.4

Installing the ODF .................................................................................................................. 4-20

4.6.5

Installing the xDDF-21 Patch Panel ....................................................................................... 4-22

4.6.6

Installing SM_10E/EM_10E ICPs............................................................................................ 4-22

4.6.7

Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT ............................................................................................... 4-23

Installing the NPT-1020 Shelf in the Rack ............................................................................ 4-24


4.7.1

Installing the Rail Stiffeners ................................................................................................... 4-24

4.7.2

Attaching the NPT-1020 Shelf in the Rack............................................................................. 4-25

4.7.3

Grounding the NPT-1020 Shelf.............................................................................................. 4-25

4.7.4

Installing Power Modules in the NPT-1020 ........................................................................... 4-26

4.7.5

Installing Tslot Modules ........................................................................................................ 4-29

4.7.6

Installing SFP Modules .......................................................................................................... 4-30

Installing the EXT-2U Platform in the Rack .......................................................................... 4-31


4.8.1

Installing the H Connector ..................................................................................................... 4-32

4.8.2

Installing the EXT-2U Shelf on the NPT-1020 Shelf ............................................................... 4-32

4.8.3

Disassembling the EXT-2U from the NPT-1020 ..................................................................... 4-34

4.8.4

Attaching the EXT-2U Shelf to the Rack ................................................................................ 4-35

4.8.5

Identifying Slots in the EXT-2U .............................................................................................. 4-36

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

iv

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

4.9

Contents

4.8.6

Installing an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U..................................................................................... 4-37

4.8.7

Installing Extension Cards in the EXT-2U ............................................................................... 4-37

4.8.8

Installing a Power Module in the EXT-2U .............................................................................. 4-39

4.8.9

Installing Traffic Modules in the SM_10E/EM_10E ............................................................... 4-39

Connecting Fibers and Cables to the NPT-1020 Shelf.......................................................... 4-41


4.9.1

Connecting Power Cables to a DC Power Source .................................................................. 4-41

4.9.2

Connecting an AC Power Cable to the NPT-1020 .................................................................. 4-42

4.9.3

Connecting Optical Fibers to Optical Modules ...................................................................... 4-42

4.9.4

Routing and Connecting Electrical Interface Cables to the NPT-1020 .................................. 4-43

4.9.5

Routing and Connecting Data Interface Cables to Ethernet Interfaces ................................ 4-48

4.9.6

Routing and Connecting Electrical Cables for PCM Interfaces .............................................. 4-49

4.9.7

Connecting the Timing (Clock) Cable .................................................................................... 4-52

4.9.8

Connecting the TOD/1PPS Timing Cable ............................................................................... 4-52

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations ......................................................... 5-1


5.1

Overview ................................................................................................................................ 5-1

5.2

Wall-Mounted Cabinet .......................................................................................................... 5-1

5.3

Installing the NPT-1020 in a Wall-Mounted Cabinet ............................................................. 5-2

5.4

Installing the Interior Components ........................................................................................ 5-2

5.5

5.6

5.7

5.8

5.4.1

Preparing the Rear Panel Holes............................................................................................... 5-3

5.4.2

Installing the Rear Panel .......................................................................................................... 5-5

5.4.3

Attaching the Support Rails ..................................................................................................... 5-6

5.4.4

Installing the 19" Vertical Extrusions ...................................................................................... 5-6

5.4.5

Installing the C-Rail .................................................................................................................. 5-7

Installing Cabling Accessories ................................................................................................ 5-7


5.5.1

Installing Cable Guides ............................................................................................................ 5-8

5.5.2

Attaching Cable Clamping Bars ............................................................................................. 5-10

5.5.3

Attaching the Fiber Guide Tube ............................................................................................ 5-10

5.5.4

Installing Grounding Cables................................................................................................... 5-10

DDF 21 E1s Unit ................................................................................................................... 5-11


5.6.1

Assembling the DDF .............................................................................................................. 5-11

5.6.2

Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF ........................................................................................... 5-13

Installing the NPT-1020 and Three DDFs ............................................................................. 5-14


5.7.1

Installing Clip Nuts for the NPT and DDFs ............................................................................. 5-15

5.7.2

Installing the NPT-1020 Platform .......................................................................................... 5-16

5.7.3

Installing the DDFs................................................................................................................. 5-16

Installing the NPT-1020, Two DDFs, and an AC CONV Unit ................................................. 5-16

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Contents

5.8.1

Installing Clip Nuts for the NPT-1020, DDFs, and AC CONV Unit .......................................... 5-17

5.8.2

Installing the NPT-1020 Platform .......................................................................................... 5-18

5.8.3

Installing DDFs ....................................................................................................................... 5-18

5.8.4

Installing the AC CONV Unit .................................................................................................. 5-18

5.9

Connecting Cabinet Grounding............................................................................................ 5-18

5.10

Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in the Cabinet .................................................. 5-19
5.10.1 Connecting Power Cables ...................................................................................................... 5-20
5.10.2 Connecting Alarm Cables ...................................................................................................... 5-22
5.10.3 Connecting Optical Fibers ..................................................................................................... 5-23
5.10.4 Routing and Connecting Electrical Traffic Cables .................................................................. 5-23
5.10.5 Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables ................................................................................ 5-24
5.10.6 Connecting Timing (Clock) Cables ......................................................................................... 5-25
5.10.7 Connecting Management Cables .......................................................................................... 5-25

5.11

Connecting Fibers and Cables to the NPT-1020 in Wall-Mounted Cabinet......................... 5-25

5.12

Installing the Wall-Mounted Cabinet Covers and Door ....................................................... 5-26


5.12.1 Installing the Top and Bottom Covers ................................................................................... 5-26
5.12.2 Installing the Side Covers ...................................................................................................... 5-27
5.12.3 Installing the Front Door ....................................................................................................... 5-28

5.13

Wall-Mounted Frame........................................................................................................... 5-29

5.14

Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame ..................................................................................... 5-29


5.14.1 Installing Cable Supports ....................................................................................................... 5-29
5.14.2 Attaching the Fiber Guide Tube ............................................................................................ 5-31
5.14.3 Preparing Installation Holes .................................................................................................. 5-31
5.14.4 Attaching the Wall-Mounted Frame ..................................................................................... 5-32

5.15

Installing the NPT-1020 and Accessories in the Wall-Mounted Frame ............................... 5-32
5.15.1 Installing the NPT-1020 and Three DDFs (Option 1) ............................................................. 5-33
5.15.2 Installing the NPT-1020, a DDF, and a RAP-BG (Option 2) .................................................... 5-34
5.15.3 Installing the NPT-1020, a DDF, and an AC/DC CONV (Option 4).......................................... 5-34
5.15.4 Installing the NPT-1020 and a DDF (Option 5) ...................................................................... 5-35

5.16

Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame Front Cover ................................................................. 5-35


5.16.1 Installing the Cover Holders .................................................................................................. 5-36
5.16.2 Attaching the Transparent Protection Cover ........................................................................ 5-37

5.17

Connecting Wall-Mounted Frame Grounding ..................................................................... 5-37

5.18

Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in the Frame .................................................... 5-38
5.18.1 Connecting Power Cables ...................................................................................................... 5-39
5.18.2 Connecting Alarm Cables ...................................................................................................... 5-40
5.18.3 Connecting Optical Fibers ..................................................................................................... 5-40

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

vi

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Contents

5.18.4 Routing and Connecting Electrical Traffic Cables .................................................................. 5-41


5.18.5 Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables ................................................................................ 5-41
5.18.6 Connecting Timing (Clock) Cables ......................................................................................... 5-42
5.18.7 Connecting Management Cables .......................................................................................... 5-42

Commissioning Tests ................................................................................... 6-1


6.1

Test Equipment ...................................................................................................................... 6-1

6.2

Site Commissioning Tests ...................................................................................................... 6-1

6.3

6.2.1

Checking Cards and Modules Installed in Each Shelf .............................................................. 6-1

6.2.2

Visual Inspection and Mechanical Checks ............................................................................... 6-2

6.2.3

Measuring Optical Levels ........................................................................................................ 6-3

6.2.4

Platform Power-On Test Procedure ........................................................................................ 6-4

SDH Commissioning Tests ...................................................................................................... 6-4


6.3.1

Test Equipment Setup ............................................................................................................. 6-4

6.3.2

Network Timing Synchronization Test .................................................................................... 6-5

6.3.3

Loss of Signal (LOS) Detection Test ......................................................................................... 6-6

6.3.4

Input Sensitivity Test ............................................................................................................... 6-6

6.3.5

Equipment Power-On Test ...................................................................................................... 6-6

6.3.6

Traffic Stability Test ................................................................................................................. 6-7

6.3.7

Path Protection and Nonretrieval Test.................................................................................... 6-7

6.3.8

Severity Assignment Test ........................................................................................................ 6-8

6.3.9

Transmission Alarm-Handling Test .......................................................................................... 6-8

6.3.10 Maintenance Action Test ........................................................................................................ 6-9

6.4

Data Network Commissioning Tests ...................................................................................... 6-9


6.4.1

Throughput and Latency Tests ................................................................................................ 6-9

6.4.2

System Recovery and Reset Tests ......................................................................................... 6-10

6.4.3

Frame Loss Rate Test ............................................................................................................. 6-10

6.4.4

Stability Test .......................................................................................................................... 6-11

6.4.5

Alarm-Handling Test .............................................................................................................. 6-11

Maintenance ............................................................................................... 7-1


7.1

Overview ................................................................................................................................ 7-1

7.2

Test Equipment, Tools, and Materials ................................................................................... 7-1

7.3

Preventive Maintenance ........................................................................................................ 7-1

7.4

Onsite Troubleshooting ......................................................................................................... 7-2

7.5

7.4.1

Troubleshooting Power Problems ........................................................................................... 7-3

7.4.2

Troubleshooting Using Component Indicators ....................................................................... 7-4

Replacing Cards and Modules .............................................................................................. 7-14

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

vii

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Contents

7.5.1

Safety and Workmanship ...................................................................................................... 7-14

7.5.2

Replacing Tslot Cards ............................................................................................................ 7-15

7.5.3

Replacing Eslot Cards ............................................................................................................ 7-16

7.5.4

Replacing Traffic Modules on the SM_10E/EM_10E ............................................................. 7-16

7.5.5

Replacing ICPs for the SM_10E/EM_10E ............................................................................... 7-17

7.5.6

Replacing Power Modules ..................................................................................................... 7-17

7.5.7

Replacing SFP/CSFP/SFP+ Transceivers ................................................................................. 7-18

Connection Data.......................................................................................... 8-1


8.1

Overview ................................................................................................................................ 8-1

8.2

INF-B1U/INF-B1U-D/INF-E2U DC Input Power Connectors ................................................... 8-1

8.3

AC_PS-B1U/AC_PS-E2U AC Input Power Connectors ............................................................ 8-1

8.4

T3/T4 Timing Connector ........................................................................................................ 8-2

8.5

1PPS/ToD Timing Connector .................................................................................................. 8-3

8.6

Alarms Connector .................................................................................................................. 8-3

8.7

E1 Connectors on the PME1_21 and MSE1_16 ................................................................... 8-10

8.8

Ethernet Interface Connectors ............................................................................................ 8-14

8.9

PM345_3 Card Connection Data ......................................................................................... 8-15

8.10

P345_3E Card Connection Data ........................................................................................... 8-15

8.11

PE1_63 Card Connection Data ............................................................................................. 8-15

8.12

SM_10E/EM_10E Card Connection Data ............................................................................. 8-21


8.12.1 Connection Data for SM_FXO_8E and SM_FXS_8E Interfaces .............................................. 8-21
8.12.2 Connection Data for SM_EM_24W6E Interfaces .................................................................. 8-22
8.12.3 Connection Data for SM_V24E Interfaces ............................................................................. 8-24
8.12.4 Connection Data for SM_V35_V11 Interfaces ...................................................................... 8-27
8.12.5 Connection Data for SM_CODIR_4E Interfaces ..................................................................... 8-29
8.12.6 Connection Data for SM_OMNI_E Interfaces ....................................................................... 8-30

8.13

ICP_VF Connection Data ...................................................................................................... 8-32

8.14

ICP_V24 Connection Data .................................................................................................... 8-33

8.15

ICP_V35 Connection Data .................................................................................................... 8-35

8.16

ICP_V11_V24 Connection Data............................................................................................ 8-36

8.17

ICP_DB37D Connection Data ............................................................................................... 8-38

8.18

RAP-4B Connectors .............................................................................................................. 8-42


8.18.1 SHELF ALARM Connectors ..................................................................................................... 8-42
8.18.2 ALARM IN/OUT Connector .................................................................................................... 8-43

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

viii

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Contents

Rack Installation .......................................................................................... 9-1


9.1

9.2

Installing Equipment Racks .................................................................................................... 9-1


9.1.1

Marking Rack Floor.................................................................................................................. 9-1

9.1.2

Installing the Rack on Concrete Floors .................................................................................... 9-2

9.1.3

Installing the Rack on Wooden Floors ..................................................................................... 9-2

9.1.4

Installing the Rack on Floating (Suspended) Floors................................................................. 9-4

9.1.5

Installing the Rack on Suspended Overhead Trays ................................................................. 9-5

9.1.6

Installing Extendable Rails ....................................................................................................... 9-5

9.1.7

Grounding the Rack ................................................................................................................. 9-5

Installing 19" Racks ................................................................................................................ 9-6

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

ix

List of Figures

Figure 2-1: NPT-1020 platform ....................................................................................................................... 2-1


Figure 2-2: NPT-1020 platform with expansion unit ...................................................................................... 2-2
Figure 2-3: EXT-2U platform ........................................................................................................................... 2-2
Figure 2-4: EXT-2U slot layout ........................................................................................................................ 2-3
Figure 3-1: Typical installation of four NPT-1020 platforms in an ETS ........................................................... 3-7
Figure 3-2: Laser warning label..................................................................................................................... 3-15
Figure 3-3: Basic ESD warning symbol .......................................................................................................... 3-17
Figure 3-4: Pollution control logos ............................................................................................................... 3-21
Figure 3-5: WEEE recycling symbol............................................................................................................... 3-21
Figure 4-1: Typical installation in of a single NPT-1020 in an 2200 ETSI rack................................................. 4-2
Figure 4-2: Typical installation of four NPT-1020 platforms in an ETSI 2200 rack ......................................... 4-5
Figure 4-3: Location of RAP-BG grounding stud ............................................................................................. 4-8
Figure 4-4: Identification of RAP-BG cable routes .......................................................................................... 4-8
Figure 4-5: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-BG................................................................................ 4-9
Figure 4-6: RAP-BG platform power cable grounding screws ...................................................................... 4-10
Figure 4-7: RAP-BG front cover removal ...................................................................................................... 4-10
Figure 4-8: RAP-BG circuit breaker installation ............................................................................................ 4-11
Figure 4-9: Platform DC input power connector pin functions .................................................................... 4-11
Figure 4-10: Locating RAP-4B grounding stud .............................................................................................. 4-13
Figure 4-11: RAP-4B with grounding cable ................................................................................................... 4-14
Figure 4-12: Identifying RAP-4B cable routes ............................................................................................... 4-14
Figure 4-13: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-4B ............................................................................ 4-15
Figure 4-14: RAP-4B platform power cable grounding screws..................................................................... 4-16
Figure 4-15: RAP-4B front cover removal ..................................................................................................... 4-17
Figure 4-16: RAP-4B circuit breaker installation........................................................................................... 4-17
Figure 4-17: Platform DC input power connector pin functions .................................................................. 4-18
Figure 4-18: Threading optical fibers in the FST ........................................................................................... 4-19
Figure 4-19: Attaching rack mounting brackets to the ODF ......................................................................... 4-20
Figure 4-20: ODF front panel ........................................................................................................................ 4-20
Figure 4-21: ODF open view ......................................................................................................................... 4-21
Figure 4-22: ODF fiber routes ....................................................................................................................... 4-21
Figure 4-23: Installing SM_10E/EM_10E ICPs in the rack............................................................................. 4-23
Figure 4-24: Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT in the rack ................................................................................ 4-24
Figure 4-25: Installing an INF-B1U in the NPT-1020 ..................................................................................... 4-26
Figure 4-26: Installing an INF-B1U-24V in the NPT-1020 ............................................................................. 4-27
Figure 4-27: Installing an INF-B1U-D in the NPT-1020 ................................................................................. 4-28
Figure 4-28: Installing an AC_PS-B1U in the NPT-1020 ................................................................................ 4-29
Figure 4-29: Installing Tslot modules in the NPT-1020................................................................................. 4-30
Figure 4-30: Installing an SFP in the NPT-1020............................................................................................. 4-31
Figure 4-31: Installing the H connector in the NPT-1020 ............................................................................. 4-32
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

List of Figures

Figure 4-32: Removing the EXT-2U from the NPT-1020 ............................................................................... 4-34
Figure 4-33: Inserting the thin flat-head tool ............................................................................................... 4-34
Figure 4-34: Raising the rivet cap ................................................................................................................. 4-35
Figure 4-35: Removing the rivet ................................................................................................................... 4-35
Figure 4-36: EXT-2U regular slots layout ...................................................................................................... 4-36
Figure 4-37: EXT-2U slot layout with extended ES 3# .................................................................................. 4-36
Figure 4-38: Installing an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U ....................................................................................... 4-37
Figure 4-39: Installing an extension card in the EXT-2U ............................................................................... 4-38
Figure 4-40: Installing a power module in the EXT-2U ................................................................................. 4-39
Figure 4-41: Installing traffic module in the SM_10E/EM_10E .................................................................... 4-40
Figure 4-42: PME1_63 traffic cable .............................................................................................................. 4-45
Figure 4-43: PME1_63 traffic cable installation ........................................................................................... 4-47
Figure 5-1: Wall-mounted cabinet general view ............................................................................................ 5-1
Figure 5-2: Wall-mounted cabinet interior components ............................................................................... 5-3
Figure 5-3: Preparing the rear panel holes ..................................................................................................... 5-4
Figure 5-4: Tools required for cabinet installation ......................................................................................... 5-4
Figure 5-5: Installing the rear panel ............................................................................................................... 5-5
Figure 5-6: Installing the support rails ............................................................................................................ 5-6
Figure 5-7: Installing the 19" vertical extrusions ............................................................................................ 5-6
Figure 5-8: Installing the C-rail ....................................................................................................................... 5-7
Figure 5-9: Cabling accessories installed in the cabinet ................................................................................. 5-8
Figure 5-10: Cabling accessories..................................................................................................................... 5-9
Figure 5-11: DDF general view...................................................................................................................... 5-11
Figure 5-12: Installing the brackets for ETSI installation .............................................................................. 5-12
Figure 5-13: Attaching the connection blocks .............................................................................................. 5-13
Figure 5-14: Installing an NPT-1020 platform and three DDFs..................................................................... 5-14
Figure 5-15: Clip nuts distance in mm (NPT-1020 and three DDFs) ............................................................. 5-15
Figure 5-16: Clip nuts distance in mm (NPT-1020, two DDFs, AC CONV unit) ............................................. 5-17
Figure 5-17: Wall-mounted cabinet cabling ................................................................................................. 5-20
Figure 5-18: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing front view .................................................................... 5-21
Figure 5-19: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing left side view ............................................................... 5-22
Figure 5-20: Installing top and bottom covers ............................................................................................. 5-26
Figure 5-21: Connecting grounding cables ................................................................................................... 5-27
Figure 5-22: Installing side covers ................................................................................................................ 5-27
Figure 5-23: Connecting grounding cables ................................................................................................... 5-28
Figure 5-24: Installing the front door ........................................................................................................... 5-28
Figure 5-25: Connecting the door grounding cable...................................................................................... 5-29
Figure 5-26: Wall-mounted frame installation ............................................................................................. 5-30
Figure 5-27: Attaching the fiber guide tube ................................................................................................. 5-31
Figure 5-28: Installing a NPT-1020 and three DDFs...................................................................................... 5-33
Figure 5-29: Installing the front cover .......................................................................................................... 5-36

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

xi

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

List of Figures

Figure 5-30: Routing and connecting cables and fibers in the wall-mounted frame ................................... 5-38
Figure 5-31: Wall-mounted frame cable routing - left side view ................................................................. 5-39
Figure 7-1: Inserting an SFP/CSFP/SFP+ transceiver into a module ............................................................. 7-18
Figure 8-1: POWER IN input power connector, pin functions ........................................................................ 8-1
Figure 8-2: AC input power connector ........................................................................................................... 8-1
Figure 8-3: T3/T4 connector, pin identification.............................................................................................. 8-2
Figure 8-4: 1PPS/ToD connector, pin identification ....................................................................................... 8-3
Figure 8-5: Alarms connector, pin identification ............................................................................................ 8-4
Figure 8-6: E1 connectors for PME1_21, pin identification.......................................................................... 8-11
Figure 8-7: Ethernet connector, pin identification ....................................................................................... 8-14
Figure 8-8: Typical E1 connector for PE1_63, pin identification .................................................................. 8-15
Figure 8-9: SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connector, pin identification ................................................. 8-21
Figure 8-10: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification .................................................................... 8-33
Figure 8-11: 9-pin D-type male connector, pin identification ...................................................................... 8-34
Figure 8-12: M34 female connector, pin identification ............................................................................... 8-35
Figure 8-13: 15-pin D-type female connector, pin identification ................................................................. 8-36
Figure 8-14: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification .................................................................... 8-37
Figure 8-15: 37-pin D-type female connector, pin identification ................................................................. 8-38
Figure 8-16: RAP-4B SHELF ALARM connector, pin identification................................................................ 8-42
Figure 8-17: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin identification ............................................................. 8-44
Figure 9-1: Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks................................................................................................ 9-3
Figure 9-2: Mounting diagrams for 19" and 23" racks ................................................................................... 9-4
Figure 9-3: Rack mounting diagram for attachment to suspended overhead tray (2200 mm
rack).............................................................................................................................................. 9-5
Figure 9-4: Example of an approved European 19 rack ................................................................................ 9-6
List of Tables
Table 3-1: Typical NPT-1020 equipment installation sequence ..................................................................... 3-1
Table 3-2: Environmental requirements ........................................................................................................ 3-3
Table 3-3: Equipment dimensions .................................................................................................................. 3-4
Table 3-4: Recommended coaxial cable assembly tools ................................................................................ 3-4
Table 3-5: Traffic cables mating connector data for NPT-1020.................................................................... 3-10
Table 3-6: Traffic cables mating connector data for EXT-2U ........................................................................ 3-11
Table 3-7: Optical fibers and mating connector data for NPT-1020 ............................................................ 3-11
Table 3-8: Optical fibers and mating connector data for EXT-2U ................................................................ 3-12
Table 3-9: NPT-1020 and EXT-2U circuit breaker data ................................................................................. 3-14
Table 3-10: NPT-1020 and EXT-2U recommended circuit breakers ............................................................. 3-14
Table 3-11: LC transceivers laser information STM-4 SFP ............................................................................ 3-16
Table 3-12: LC transceivers laser information STM-1/100BaseFX SFP ......................................................... 3-16
Table 3-13: LC transceivers laser information GbE SFP (OTGBE) ................................................................. 3-17
Table 4-1: Outline of typical NPT-1020 equipment installation sequence..................................................... 4-3
Table 4-2: EXT-2U modules .......................................................................................................................... 4-36

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

xii

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

List of Figures

Table 6-1: Card and module inventory ........................................................................................................... 6-2


Table 6-2: Visual inspection and mechanical checks ...................................................................................... 6-2
Table 6-3: Measured optical levels ................................................................................................................. 6-3
Table 6-4: 2 Mbps tests .................................................................................................................................. 6-4
Table 6-5: 34 Mbps tests ................................................................................................................................ 6-4
Table 6-6: 45 Mbps tests ................................................................................................................................ 6-5
Table 6-7: SDH tests........................................................................................................................................ 6-5
Table 6-8: Traffic stability test time intervals ................................................................................................. 6-7
Table 6-9: Throughput and latency test results ........................................................................................... 6-10
Table 6-10: Frame loss rate test results ....................................................................................................... 6-11
Table 7-1: Preventive maintenance inspection and checks ........................................................................... 7-1
Table 7-2: Troubleshooting power problems ................................................................................................. 7-3
Table 7-3: General troubleshooting procedures for NPT-1020 power-on ..................................................... 7-5
Table 7-4: General troubleshooting procedures for NPT-1020...................................................................... 7-8
Table 7-5: General troubleshooting procedures for optical transceiver plug-ins .......................................... 7-9
Table 7-6: Troubleshooting procedures for PME1_21/PME1_63/DMCES1_4/MSE1_16 cards................... 7-11
Table 7-7: Troubleshooting procedures for SMD1B/SMS4 cards................................................................. 7-12
Table 7-8: General troubleshooting procedures for extended cards PE1_63/P345_3E/
SM_10E/EM_10E/S1_4/P345_3E/DMCE1_32 ........................................................................... 7-12
Table 7-9: Special troubleshooting procedures for P345_3E cards ............................................................. 7-13
Table 7-10: General troubleshooting procedures for daughterboards on SM_10E/EM_10E cards ............ 7-14
Table 8-1: T3/T4 connector, PIN identification .............................................................................................. 8-2
Table 8-2: 1PPD/ToD connector, PIN identification ....................................................................................... 8-3
Table 8-3: Alarms connector, pin assignment ................................................................................................ 8-4
Table 8-4: PME1_21 and MSE1_16 connector, pin assignment................................................................... 8-11
Table 8-5: Ethernet connector, pin assignment ........................................................................................... 8-14
Table 8-6: PE1_63 typical E1 connector (P2), pin assignment ..................................................................... 8-15
Table 8-7: PE1_63 typical connector (P1), pin assignment .......................................................................... 8-18
Table 8-8: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_FXO_8 and SM_FXS_8 connector, pin assignment.................................. 8-21
Table 8-9: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_EM_24W6E connector, pin assignment .................................................. 8-22
Table 8-10: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 8 x V.24 transparent
without controls mode .............................................................................................................. 8-24
Table 8-11: SM_V24E connector, pin assignment ........................................................................................ 8-25
Table 8-12: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 2 x V.24 synchronous
with controls mode .................................................................................................................... 8-26
Table 8-13: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V35_V11 connector, pin assignment .................................................... 8-27
Table 8-14: SM_V35_V11 pin assignment per interface type ...................................................................... 8-28
Table 8-15: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_CODIR_4E connector, pin assignment ................................................... 8-29
Table 8-16: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_OMNI_E connector, pin assignment ..................................................... 8-30
Table 8-17: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_FXS_8E or SM_FXO_8E ................... 8-32
Table 8-18: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_EM_24W6E ..................................... 8-32
Table 8-19: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_CODIR_4E ........................................ 8-33
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

xiii

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

List of Figures

Table 8-20: ICP_V24 synchronous V.24 25-pin D-type connector, pin assignment ..................................... 8-33
Table 8-21: ICP_V24 asynchronous V.24 9-pin D-type connector, pin assignment ..................................... 8-34
Table 8-22: ICP_V24 transparent V.24 9-pin D-type connector, pin assignment......................................... 8-35
Table 8-23: ICP_V35 M34 female connector, pin assignment ..................................................................... 8-35
Table 8-24: ICP_V11_V24 15-pin D-type connector, pin assignment .......................................................... 8-36
Table 8-25: ICP_V11_V24 V.24 25-pin D-type connector, pin assignment .................................................. 8-37
Table 8-26: ICP_DB37D 37 pin D-type connector, pin assignment .............................................................. 8-38
Table 8-27: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-449 pin assignment .................................................. 8-39
Table 8-28: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-422 pin assignment .................................................. 8-40
Table 8-29: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.36 pin assignment ...................................................... 8-40
Table 8-30: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.35 pin assignment ...................................................... 8-40
Table 8-31: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.11/X.24 pin assignment ............................................. 8-41
Table 8-32: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, synchronous V.24 pin assignment ................................ 8-41
Table 8-33: RAP-4B PLATFORM ALARM connector, pin assignment............................................................ 8-42
Table 8-34: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin assignment ................................................................. 8-44

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

xiv

About This Manual

The NPT-1020 Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual (IOMM) describes how to install NPT-1020
platforms and how to install and replace hardware components, including cards, modules, and accessories.

1.1

Intended Audience

The NPT-1020 IMM is intended for installation and other qualified service personnel responsible for
installing the platform and its accessories.

1.2

Document Organization

This manual contains the following information:

Installation

Operation

Maintenance

Additional functionality

1.3

Notes and Warnings

When applicable, this guide uses the following notes and warnings:

NOTE:

clarifying information, specific instructions, commentary, sidelights, or interesting


points of information.

CAUTION:

failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or loss of


information.

WARNING: failure to follow directions could result in bodily harm or loss of life.

LASER WARNING:

how to avoid personal injury. All personnel involved in equipment


installation, operation, and maintenance must be aware that laser radiation is invisible.
Therefore, although protective devices generally prevent direct exposure to the beam,
personnel must strictly observe the applicable safety precautions and, in particular, must
avoid staring into optical connectors, either directly or using optical instruments.

ESD: information on how to avoid discharge of static electricity and subsequent damage to
the unit.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-1

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

About This Manual

TIP: helpful information and handy hints that can make your task easier.

IMPORTANT: essential information to which you must pay attention.

1.4

Related Documentation

The following publications may be of assistance to you in the installation and commissioning processes.
Some of these documents present information supplied in this Installation Manual in greater or lesser
detail.

NPT Product Line General Description

NPT Product Line System Specifications

NPT Product Line Reference Manual

EMS-APT User Manual

LCT-APT User Manual

LightSoft Network Management System User Manual

IEC Publication 825 - Laser Safety Requirements

1.5

How to Obtain ECI Technical Documentation

To obtain technical documentation related to any ECI product, contact:


ECI Telecom Ltd.
ECI Documentation Group
30 Hasivim St.
Petach Tikva 4959388 Israel
Fax: +972-3-9268060
Email: techdoc.feedback@ecitele.com

1.6

Technical Assistance

The configuration, installation, and operation of NPT series and its operation in a network are highly
specialized processes. Due to the different nature of each installation, some planning aspects might not be
covered in this manual.
If you have questions or concerns about your network design or if you require installation personnel to
perform the actual installation process, ECI maintains a staff of design engineers and highly trained field
service personnel. The services of this group are available to customers at any time.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-2

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

About This Manual

To obtain design assistance or a network installation plan from ECI's Customer Support team, contact your
ECI sales representative. With any support related issues, technical or logistic, please contact the ECI
Customer Support center at your location. If you are not familiar with that location, or contact our
Customer Support Center action line at:
Telephone

+972-3-9266000

Telefax

+972-3-9266370

Email

on.support@ecitele.com

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-3

Introduction

2.1

NPT-1020 Platform Layout

The NPT-1020 is a packet transport platform for the access, offering an All-Native solution that optimizes
both TDM and packet handling. The NPT-1020 is a cost-effective choice for the first aggregation stage,
geared for cellular tail locations (3G and LTE), providing a unique hybrid solution for high capacity access
rings, and optimized for popular triple play applications.
As Packet Optical Access (POA) platform with enhanced MPLS-TP support, the NPT-1020 is designed around
a centralized hybrid matrix card that supports any-to-any direct data card connectivity as well as native
TDM switching capacity. The NPT-1020 offers a packet switching capacity of up to 10 Gbps or 60 Gbps (with
a choice of two modes on the same unit) as well as a TDM capacity of up to 2.5G (16 x VC4 fully low order
traffic).
The platform offers non-traffic-affecting upgrades from 1G-based configurations to 10GE-based (with up to
4 x 10GE interfaces) through the CPS50 card, a central packet switch (CPS) Tslot card for the NPT-1020. This
card provides scalable upgrade with high capacity 10GE configuration to the NPT-1020. The CPS50 makes it
possible to upgrade the system packet switching capacity to 60 Gbps, supporting up to 2 10GE (SFP+) and
2 flexible SFP houses (each can support 1 10GE with SFP+, or 1 GE with SFP, or 2 GE with CSFP).
The NPT-1020 offers enhanced MPLS-TP data network functionality, including the complete range of
Ethernet-based services (CES, EoS, MoT, MoE, and PoE+) (see MPLS-TP and Ethernet Solutions).
The NPT-1020 is a compact (1U) base platform housed in a 243 mm deep, 465 mm wide, and 44 mm high
equipment cage with all interfaces accessible from the front of the unit. The platform includes the following
components:

Traffic processing modules:

21 built-in native E1s

14 ports, divided between:

2 x STM1/STM4 ports (native)

4 x 10/100/1000BaseT electrical ports (PoE+)

4 x 10/100/1000BaseT electrical ports

4 100/1000 FX/GE optical ports

1 traffic card slot (Tslot)

Compact flash card (NVM)

Traffic connector to the (optional) EXT-2U expansion unit

Timing module (T3/T4, ToD and 1pps)

Redundant or non-redundant power supply modules (INF)


Figure 2-1: NPT-1020 platform

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-1

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Introduction

The NPT-1020 can be fed by 24 VDC, -48 VDC, or 94-240 VAC. In DC power feeding, two INF modules can be
configured in two power supply module slots for redundant power supply, or one double slot INF module
with dual-feeding can be configured. AC power feeding requires the use of a conversion module to
implement AC/DC conversion.
The NPT-1020 can be installed in 2,200 mm or 2,600 mm ETSI racks or in 19 racks. The rugged platform
design also makes this platform suitable for street cabinet use, withstanding temperatures up to 70C.
The NPT-1020 can also be configured as an expanded platform, when combined with the EXT-2U expansion
unit, as illustrated in the following figure.
Figure 2-2: NPT-1020 platform with expansion unit

Typical power consumption for the NPT-1020 is 50 W. Power consumption is monitored through the
management software. For more information about power consumption requirements, see the NPT
Installation and Maintenance Manual and the NPT System Specifications.

2.2

EXT-2U Expansion Unit

The EXT-2U platform is a high density modular expansion unit for the NPT's multiservice metro access
platform series. It supports the complete range of native and hybrid PCM, TDM, PDH, SDH, and Ethernet
interfaces. All traffic processing, cross-connect, packet switching, timing and synchronization, control and
communication and main power supply functions are performed by the corresponding system in the base
unit on which expansion unit is installed. Integrating this add-on platform into your network configuration
is not traffic-affecting.

NOTE: The EXT-2U expansion unit can be combined with the NPT-1020, NPT-1021, NPT-1050,
NPT-1200, and NPT-1800 platforms. For easier reading, the slot layout is not repeated in the
sections describing each of those platforms. The reader is simply referred back to this slot
layout description.
Figure 2-3: EXT-2U platform

The EXT-2U expansion unit is housed in a 243 mm deep, 465 mm wide, and 88 mm high equipment cage
with all interfaces accessible from the front of the unit. Expansion units include their own independent
power supply and fan unit, for additional reliability and security. The platform includes the following
components:

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-2

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Introduction

Three multipurpose slots (ES1 to ES3) for any combination of extractable traffic cards. PCM, TDM,
ADM, Ethernet, and CES traffic are all handled through cards in these traffic slots. All interfaces are
configured through convenient SFP modules, supporting up to 2.5G or 2GbE traffic per slot. Each slot
in the EXT-2U has a TDM capacity of up to 16 x VC-4s; the total capacity of the EXT-2U is 48 x VC-4s.

Two slots for INF power supply units. There are two units for system redundancy. Note that INF
modules are extractable in the EXT-2U.

One FCU fan unit consisting of multiple separate fans to support cooling system redundancy.

The following figure depicts the EXT-2U platform layout.


Figure 2-4: EXT-2U slot layout

Typical power consumption for the EXT-2U is less than 150 W. Power consumption is monitored through
the management software. For more information about power consumption requirements, see the NPT
Installation and Maintenance Manual and the NPT System Specifications.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-3

Before You Start

3.1

Overview

This chapter contains important information that will help you carry out a safe and trouble-free installation.

3.1.1 Outline of the Installation Procedure


The main steps involved in the installation of NPT-1020 equipment are described in the following table.
Consult your site installation plans for specific details.
Table 3-1: Typical NPT-1020 equipment installation sequence
No. Task

Reference

Prepare the installation site and check the physical location,


environmental compliance, and availability of power sources.

Before You Start

Prepare power, alarm, management, and transmission cables at the


installation site.

Before You Start and


Equipment Installation

Route the required power, alarm, management, and transmission


cables to the intended NPT-1020 equipment location.

Equipment Installation

If required, install the equipment racks.

Equipment Installation

Mark the location of each NPT-1020 shelf, EXT-2U shelf, and relevant Equipment Installation
accessories (Fiber Storage Tray (FST), Optical Distribution Frame (ODF),
PCM Interconnection Panels (ICPs), and Digital Distribution Frame
(DDF) on each rack, in accordance with the site installation plan.
Notes:
For each NPT-1020, it is recommended that you leave at least 4 U
of space above the NPT-1020 shelf to enable future installation of
the EXT-2U shelf.
The NPT-1020 can only support balanced E1 interfaces directly.
For unbalanced E1s, the xDDF-21 patch panel must be configured,
which provides conversion between balanced and unbalanced E1s
for 21 x E1.
When PCM interfaces are provided by the SM_10E/EM_10E, the
corresponding ICPs can be installed in order to simplify
installation and connection to customer termination equipment.

When applicable, install the EMS-APT management station.

EMS-APT Installation
Manual

Install the Rack Alarm Panel (RAP) and other equipment needed in
each rack.

Installing the RAP-BG, or


Installing the RAP-4B

Install the NPT-1020 shelves in the appropriate rack.

Installing the NPT-1020 Shelf


in the Rack

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-1

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

No. Task
9

Before You Start

Reference

For each NPT-1020 shelf where optical modules are used, install an FST Installing the FST
under the NPT-1020 shelf and route the optical fibers to the FST.

NOTE: Even if you are not currently installing an FST, it is

recommended that you leave enough space beneath the NPT-1020


shelf to enable future installation.
10

Install the prescribed power-feeding module in the NPT-1020 shelf.

Installing Power Modules in


the NPT-1020

11

Install the prescribed Tslot module in the


NPT-1020 shelf, where relevant.

Installing Tslot Modules

12

Install the SFP modules.

Installing SFP Modules

13

When applicable, install the EXT-2U and relevant accessories,


including:
The EXT-2U shelf on the NPT-1020
The prescribed power-feeding module in the EXT-2U shelf
The prescribed extension cards in the EXT-2U shelf
The xDDF-21 units for PE1_63, if needed
ICPs for the SM_10E/EM_10E, if needed

Installing the EXT-2U


Platform in the Rack

14

Equipment Installation
Depending on the modules or cards in your NPT-1020 shelf:
Route the PDH electrical cables from the DDF to the E1 interfaces
on the NPT-1020, PME1_21, PME1_63, and PE1_63 front panel,
the E3/DS-3 interfaces on the PM345_3 and P345_3E front panel,
and STM-1e interfaces on the STM-1 electrical SFPs.
Route the data cables to the FE interfaces on the NPT-1020 and
DHGE_4E front panel.
If ICPs are installed, route the special cables to connect ICPs and
their relevant SM_10E/EM_10E modules, and route the voice and
data cables from the VDF to the interfaces on the ICP panel. If
ICPs are not installed, route the voice and data cables from the
VDF to the interfaces on the front panel of the SM_10E/EM_10E
module.
Note: The DDF can be installed on the same rack as the NPT-1020
shelf, or on a different rack.

15

Connect management cables between the equipment installed in the


rack and the management station.

16

Connect power cables from the RAP panel to each NPT-1020 and
Equipment Installation
EXT-2U installed in the rack. Connect alarm monitoring cables from the
RAP panels to each NPT-1020 installed in the rack.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Equipment Installation

3-2

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

3.2

Before You Start

Site Preparation

Perform a preliminary survey of the installation site, taking the following into consideration:

System environmental requirements

Physical location of the NPT-1020 platforms

Location of power sources

Types of interfaces used at the site (optical, electrical, management, alarm monitoring, and so on)

Work and equipment safety requirements

3.2.1 Environmental Requirements


The environmental conditions listed in the following table are applicable to NPT-1020 equipment and must
be ensured at the installation site.
Table 3-2: Environmental requirements
Parameter

Compliance requirements

Electromagnetic interference

EN 55022/94, EN 50082-1/92

Temperature

ETSI ETS 300-19-2-3 Test Spec. T3.1

3.2.2 Physical Location


WARNING: NPT-1020 platforms are intended for installation in restricted-access areas only.

Before you start:


Choose the physical location of the NPT-1020 platforms, taking the following aspects into consideration:
1.

Equipment dimensions (see the following table).

2.

Required floor loading capability: 100 kg for a typical eight-platform installation.

3.

Routing requirements for grounding, power, alarm monitoring, management cables, and optical
fibers. To ensure convenient access to cables and fibers, it is recommended, whenever possible, to
use overhead cable ladders to bring the cables/fibers to the top of each rack.

4.

When a network management station, for example, the EMS-APT, is installed on the site, consider the
method of connection to the local network management station and the maximum allowed distance.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-3

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

Table 3-3: Equipment dimensions


Equipment type

Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Max. weight (kg)

NPT-1020

44

440

243

EXT-2U

88.9

443.4

243

4.5

RAP-BG

88

440

150

RAP-4B

88

447

155

2.4

FST

44.5

440

240

ODF

44.5

440

240

xDDF-21

44.5

440

150

1.5

ICP_MCP30

44

440

140

1.5

3.2.3 Power Sources


NPT-1020 platforms can be powered by DC sources complying with the applicable sections of ETSI 300
132-2 and the SELV or TNV requirements of EN 60950. The nominal supply voltage is -48 VDC (positive-lead
grounded). However, the allowed supply voltage range is -40.5 VDC to -60 VDC. Two separate DC power
sources must be available for redundancy. In the DC power supply, the maximum power consumption of
the NPT-1020 is 55 W.
For AC power supply, configure an external AC/DC converter.

NOTE: If the planned power consumption of the equipment installed in the platform is 80% or

more of the maximum listed value, it is recommended to consult ECI Customer Support.

3.3

Tools and Test Equipment

No special-purpose tools beyond a standard technicians toolbox are required for the installation of
NPT-1020 platforms.
Traffic cables can be prepared on site, so make sure suitable tool kits are available. They include tools for
the assembly of coaxial cables as listed in the following table, and tools for the preparation of optical patch
cords.
Table 3-4: Recommended coaxial cable assembly tools
No.

Name

Description

Stripper

DIN 1.0/2.3

Center contact crimp tool (blue)

DIN 1.0/2.3

Crimp tool, outer

DIN 1.0/2.3

Cable stripper

---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-4

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

No.

Before You Start

Name

Description

Nipper (cutter for center contact)

---

Die for NCX1

---

3.3.1 Cleaning Optical Connectors


When handling optical fibers, clean the optical connectors with the standard cleaning kits recommended by
the manufacturers.

3.4

Installing the NPT-1020 in Racks

The following sections describe options for installing the NPT-1020 in racks with corresponding ancillary
equipment.

3.4.1 Installation Plan


Follow these guidelines for installing NPT-1020 platforms and ancillary equipment in racks.
We recommend installation in ECI ETSI racks, which provide the following advantages:

Removable rear and side panels, enabling tidy leading and efficient maintenance of all rack cables,
including:

PCM/E1/E3/DS-3/STM-1e cables

Control cables

Power cables

Data cables

Voice frequency cables

Timing cables

Two ducts on the racks front rails for routing up to 200 optical fibers

Open frame top and bottom, facilitating easy leading of cables from suspension floors and/or ceiling
ladders

Front door mountable for left or right opening

NPT-1020 equipment racks can be installed on wooden, concrete, or floating floors, or suspended from
overhead mountings.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-5

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

3.4.2 Typical NPT-1020 Installation


For a typical installation of a NPT-1020 shelf in an ECIs ETSI rack, see Typical installation in of a single
NPT-1020 in an 2200 ETSI rack.
In addition to the NPT-1020 itself, the equipment installed in the rack includes:

One RAP installed at the top of the rack. The RAP is used to connect external power and alarm
monitoring lines (RAP-4B only) to the NPT-1020 shelves installed in the rack. The RAP fully supports
up to four shelves with dual power feeding or eight shelves with single power feeding. In addition to
the space needed for RAP installation, you must leave at least 50 mm of free space under the RAP for
cable routing.

NOTE: The RAP-BG does not support alarm monitoring lines.

Fiber Storage Tray. A separate FST can be installed for each NPT-1020 with optical modules. Each FST
contains two storage reels, enabling the fiber to be stored on the right or left side of the tray. Leave at
least 50 mm of free space between the NPT-1020 shelf and its FST, and another 50 mm free between
the FST and the next NPT-1020 shelf.

xDDF-21. When unbalanced E1 interfaces are needed, the xDDF-21 should be installed with the
NPT-1020. Each xDDF-21 can support 21 channels of E1. The xDDF-21 can be installed anywhere on
the same rack on which the
NPT-1020 shelf is installed, or on another rack.

ICPs for the SM_10E/EM_10E, including ICP_VF, ICP_V24, ICP_V24F, ICP_V11_V24, and ICP_V35.
When PCM interfaces are provided by the SM_10E/EM_10E, the corresponding ICPs can be installed
in order to simplify installation and connection to customer termination equipment. Each ICP can
support one SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module. ICPs can be installed anywhere on the same rack on
which the NPT-1020 shelf is installed, or on another rack.

3.4.3 Integrating NPT-1020 Platforms and Other Equipment


in One Rack
When NPT-1020 platforms and associated accessories do not occupy the entire rack, additional equipment
can be installed in the remaining rack space. Make sure that any heat generated by this equipment can be
dissipated efficiently, and that thermal isolation is provided between the various equipment units.
In the event of additional equipment being installed in the rack, contact ECIs Customer Support team for
assistance.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-6

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

Figure 3-1: Typical installation of four NPT-1020 platforms in an ETS

3.5

Preparing Cables and Fibers


NOTE: This section provides information for preparing cables and optical fibers. The necessary

cables can be ordered from ECI. For details, contact ECIs Customer Support team or your ECI
sales representative.

Before you start:


The following main types of cables are required for installing the NPT-1020:

Grounding cables

DC power cables (RAP Input Power Cables and Platform Power Cables)

Alarm cables

Management cables

Timing (clock) cables

Optical fibers

Electric traffic cables

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-7

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

Some of these cables are supplied as part of the NPT-1020 equipment, while others must be prepared on
site or ordered separately from ECI.
In the following sections, you will find information about the cables, and how to prepare them on site,
where relevant. For details about the equipment connector types and cable wiring, see Connection Data.

WARNING:

When preparing cables, in particular power and grounding cables, use only
UL-listed components of the specified types. Components must also comply with any
applicable national and local safety codes and regulations.
Only qualified trained personnel may be involved in the preparation of the various cable
types. Personnel must use only approved procedures, in accordance with the applicable
workmanship practice.

3.5.1 Grounding Cables


Platform grounding is achieved by connecting the platform to the rack using rack mounting brackets.
Grounding is provided by contact when the unit is fastened to the rack.
A reliable low-impedance connection must be provided using copper conductors between the rack frame
and the site grounding bus.
Make the connection between the rack grounding screw and the site grounding bus with a 2 AWG (35 mm2)
or thicker copper lead with yellow/green insulation, in compliance with UL/ETSI recommendations.
Route grounding conductors along the shortest possible route. Treat the bare portion of the conductor with
antioxidant and connect a listed two-hole compression lug. If the lug is not plated, polish it until it has a
bright finish and coat it with antioxidant before connecting it to the frame of the rack. Do not mix different
types of metal conductors.

3.5.2 DC Power Cables


DC power cables must be prepared on site. Two types of DC power cables are needed:

RAP input power cables

Platform power cables

ECI recommends the use of shielded power cables for DC power connections, with the shields connected to
the frame ground at the rack end only.

3.5.2.1 RAP Input Power Cables


The RAP input power cables are prepared on site. They connect input power from the site power
distribution subsystem to the DC input terminals of the RAP.
Two input power cables are required for each rack, one for each source. The cables must use copper leads
complying with UL/ETSI recommendations. Use a red lead for the positive conductor and a black lead for
the negative conductor. The RAP cable ends must be terminated in M6 cable lugs matching the conductor
gauge.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-8

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

The recommended cable gauge is 25 mm or thicker. This gauge ensures that the voltage drop across the
rack power cable does not exceed 2 V, even for cable runs of maximum 30 meters connected to a RAP and
providing power to multiple NPT-1020 platforms.
When the RAP is used to provide power to a single NPT-1020 platform, lower-lead gauges may be used, as
follows:

For runs not exceeding 20 meters, use 10 mm2 copper leads.

For runs not exceeding 30 meters, use 16 mm2 copper leads.

3.5.2.2 Platform Power Cables


One 12 AWG cable, supplied by ECI, connects the input power from the rack RAP unit to the POWER IN
connector on each INF-1020 module of each NPT-1020 platform installed in the rack.

3.5.3 Alarm Cables


Alarm cables used within NPT-1020 equipment are included in the shipment according to the site
specifications.
The alarm indications are carried by the shelf alarm indication cable. One shelf alarm indication cable is
required for each NPT-1020 shelf installed in the rack. This cable connects between the ALARM connector
on the NPT-1020 and one of the ALARMS connectors on the RAP (RAP-4B only). Cable length is 2.0 m.

NOTE: There are no ALARMS connectors on the RAP-BG.

3.5.4 Management Cables


Out-of-band management traffic is connected to a NPT-1020 platform via the RJ-45 (MNG) connector
located on the front panel of the NPT-1020.
The MNG Ethernet connector is wired as a 10BaseT station port for direct connection through an
RJ-45-to-RJ-45 straight cable to a port of a 10BaseT Ethernet hub.
Suitable standard Ethernet station cables are available from many sources. Cables of Category 5 or better
must be used. In all cases, the length of the cables must not exceed the maximum recommended for the
cable type and hub port in use (up to a few dozen meters).

3.5.5 Timing (Clock) Cables


The NPT-1020 platform uses an RJ-45 connector on the front panel that integrates the two timing reference
interfaces (2 x T3 and 2 x T4). If it has balanced (120 ) G.703 interfaces, a multi twisted-pair cable with an
RJ-45 connector (supplied by ECI) is used to connect timing signals from the NPT-1020 to the site timing
reference distribution subsystems.
If the site timing reference distribution subsystem has unbalanced (75 ) G.703 interfaces, configure an
adapter with coaxial cables that provides balanced-to-unbalanced conversion (supplied by ECI).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-9

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

3.5.6 TOD/1PPS Cable


The NPT-1020 platform uses an RJ-45 connector on its front panel, marked TOD/1PPS, which provides
timing and synchronization input/output signals, supporting IEEE 1588v2 standard.
If it has balanced (120 ) G.703 interfaces, a multi twisted-pair cable with an RJ-45 connector (supplied by
ECI) is used to connect timing signals from the NPT-1020 to the site timing reference distribution
subsystems.
If the site timing reference distribution subsystem has unbalanced (75 ) G.703 interfaces, configure an
adapter with coaxial cables that provides balanced-to-unbalanced conversion (supplied by ECI).

3.5.7 Electric Traffic Cables


Some electric traffic cables can be prepared on site. The following table lists the type of cables and mating
connectors needed for each NPT-1020 traffic interface type.
Table 3-5: Traffic cables mating connector data for NPT-1020
Module or card

Interface type

Cable type

Mating connector

Connector at other
end

NPT-1020

E1 balanced (2.048
Mbps)

Multipair cable (2 x
21 120 twisted
pairs)

2 x 50-pin SCSI male

Open

NPT-1020

10/100/1000BaseT

Cat5e

RJ-45

RJ-45

MSE1_16

E1 balanced (2.048
Mbps

Multipair cable (2 x
21 120 W twisted
pairs)

100-pin SCSI male

Open

PME1_21

E1 balanced (2.048
Mbps)

Multipair cable (2 x
21 120 twisted
pairs)

100-pin SCSI male

Open

PME1_21 1

E1 balanced (2.048
Mbps)

Twin multipair cable


(2 x 21 120 twisted
pairs)

100-pin SCSI male

2 x 50-pin SCSI male

PME1_63

E1 balanced (2.048
Mbps

3 x twin multipair
cable (2 x 21 120
twisted pairs)

2 x 136-pin VHDCI

Open (connects to
DDF)

xDDF-21

E1 unbalanced (2.048
Mbps)

Coaxial cable

DIN 1.0/2.3

Open (prepared in
the field)

42

PM345_3

E3/DS-3 (34/45 Mbps)

Coaxial cable

DIN 1.0/2.3

Open (prepared in
the field)

SMD1B 2

STM-1 electrical

Coaxial cable

DIN 1.0/2.3 (on electrical


SFP)

Open (prepared in
the field)

2/4

DHGE_8

10/100/1000BaseT

Cat5e

RJ-45

RJ-45

DHGE_4E

10/100/1000BaseT

Cat5e

RJ-45

RJ-45

Cable is used to connect the PME1_21 E1 interface connector to the xDDF-21.

Electrical or optical SFPs can be used when working in STM-1; the cable type is determined according to the SFP used.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Qty./Module

3-10

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

Table 3-6: Traffic cables mating connector data for EXT-2U


Module or card

Interface type

Cable type

Mating connector

Connector at other
end

Qty./Module

PE1_63

E1 balanced (2.048
Mbps)

Multipair cable (2 x
21 120 twisted
pairs)

2 x 50-pin SCSI male

Open

PM345_3E

E3/DS-3 (34/45
Mbps)

Coaxial cable

DIN 1.0/2.3

Open (prepared in
the field)

DMCE1_32

E1 balanced (2.048
Mbps)

Multipair cable (2 x
21 120 twisted
pairs)

2 x 50-pin SCSI male

Open

SM_FXO_8E

FXO

Multipair cable (2 x
18 100 twisted
pairs)

36 pin SCSI male

Open

SM_FXS_8E

FXS/FXD

SM_EM_24W6E

2W, 4W, 2WE&M, or


4WE&M

SM_V24E

V.24

SM_V35E

V.35

SM_V35_V11

V.35, V.11

SM_CODIR_4E

Codirectional 64 Kbps

EM_10E

3.5.8 Optical Fibers


Optical fibers can be prepared on site. The following table lists the type of cables and mating connectors
needed to prepare cables for each NPT-1020 module.
For each optical interface, ECI supplies patch cords with mating optical connectors already attached to the
fiber. Therefore, only the optical termination on the ODF side, which is installation-dependent, must be
installed on site.
The optical fibers for connecting to equipment installed in a given rack must enter the rack from the top, be
threaded through cable guides running along the rack side rails, and end at the FST. The FST must contain
enough fiber length for extracting modules from the NPT-1020 and for replacing fiber in case of damage
(splicing repairs).
When routing fibers, make sure to observe the minimum bending radius (35 mm).
Table 3-7: Optical fibers and mating connector data for NPT-1020
I/O module

Interface type

Fiber type

Mating connector

Qty./Module

NPT-1020

STM-1&4 optical

One pair of fiber patch cords per interface

LC male

4 fibers

NPT-1020

100/1000Base-X

One pair of fiber patch cords per interface

LC male

8 fibers

DHGE_8

100/1000Base-X

One pair of fiber patch cords per interface

LC male

8 fibers

DMCES1_4

STM-1&4 optical

One pair of fiber patch cords per interface

LC male

8 fibers

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-11

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

I/O module

Interface type

Fiber type

Mating connector

Qty./Module

DMCES1_4

1000BaseFX

One pair of fiber patch cords per interface

LC male

2 fibers

SMD1B

STM-1 optical

One pair of fiber patch cords per interface

LC male

4 fibers

Table 3-8: Optical fibers and mating connector data for EXT-2U
I/O module

Interface type

Fiber type

Mating connector

Qty./Module

S1_4

STM-1 optical

One pair of fiber patch cords per interface

LC male

3.6

Work and Equipment Safety


NOTE: NPT-1020 equipment is intended for installation in restricted-access areas only.

NPT-1020 platforms contain power sources of varying voltages. Note the following guidelines when
installing the platforms:

Before you start:

Ensure the integrity of the grounding connections.

Make sure that sufficient lighting is available.

Do not work on any equipment connected to a voltage source (DC or AC).

Ensure that the maximum working temperature does not exceed 70C.

Use only insulated tools.

Wear protective clothing as required by the requisite safety regulations.

Do not install or maintain equipment connected to external lines (for example, E1 tributaries) during
thunderstorms.

Avoid contact with high-voltage sources when installing platforms, cards, and modules.

Make sure you are familiar with the warning signals and labels on the equipment and strictly observe
the procedures needed to avoid the indicated hazards.

3.6.1 Grounding Requirements


All the equipment, including NPT-1020 platforms, ancillary units, and equipment from other vendors, must
be properly grounded at all times. Good equipment grounding is necessary to protect personnel and
equipment, minimize noise, and allow the discharge of accumulated static charges to earth.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-12

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

3.6.1.1 Rack Grounding Requirements


Connect the rack to the site grounding bar with a ground cable according to ETSI recommendations
(top/bottom connection).
The rack is supplied with a main copper or brass grounding bolt welded to the rack frame. The grounding
stud is identified on the rack by the ground symbol label.
The rack grounding bolt must be connected to the site grounding bar by a 35 mm2 (2 AWG) grounding cable
or thicker, as short as possible, complying with UL/ETSI recommendations. The bolt must be free of paint.
The cable must be made of copper strands and terminated on both sides with bolt terminals.

NOTE: If necessary, the gauge of the grounding lead can also be reduced to the gauge of the
RAP power leads.

The rack mounting rails must be free of paint and provide electrical continuity to the main grounding bolt.
The resistance between any rail and the rack main grounding bolt must be less than 0.1 .
Pay particular attention to the area in which the RAP is attached. Remove paint from the rack in this area to
ensure efficient electrical contact.

CAUTION: Connect the RAP grounding bolt to the rack grounding bolt with a grounding cable

complying with UL/ETSI recommendations. The cable must include bolt terminals on both
ends and be securely fastened with a nut and a star washer.

3.6.2 DC Power Supply Requirements


The NPT-1020 and EXT-2U platforms require two power sources with a nominal voltage of -48 VDC. Each
power source is protected by a UL-listed circuit breaker installed in the RAP. The required circuit breakers
are included in the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment, and therefore, their current rating is
in accordance with the order.

CAUTION: Disconnect both power sources before service.

ATTENTION: Dbranchez les deux alimentations avant l'entretien.

The site operator must provide a readily accessible UL-listed disconnect device incorporated in the fixed
power wiring of the site. This device limits the maximum delivered current to a safe value.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-13

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

Table 3-9: NPT-1020 and EXT-2U circuit breaker data


Platform ID

Platform-to-RAP
connection type

Circuit breaker Quantity per platform


(amps.)

NPT-1020

One cable per


INF-1020 input

8A

EXT-2U

One cable per INF_E2U 16A


input

Expanded set
One Y cable per set
(NPT-1020+EXT-2U)

25A

One for nonredundant powering


Two for redundant powering

One for nonredundant powering


Two for redundant powering

One for nonredundant powering


Two for redundant powering

3.6.3 AC Power Supply Requirements


ECI offers the AC_PS-B1U AC/DC converter module for customers who require to power the NPT-1020 from
an AC power source. The AC_PS-B1U plugs directly into the NPT-1020 in the PSA and PSB slots (that is
regularly used to install two INFs when the platform is powered by DC) and provides up to 180 W.
When an extension platform, EXT-2U is also required to be fed from AC, the AC_PS-E2U module can be
used. The module plugs into the EXT-2U and provides up to 180 W.
The following table lists the recommended AC source circuit breakers for feeding the AC/DC convert units.
Table 3-10: NPT-1020 and EXT-2U recommended circuit breakers
Platform ID

AC/DC converter module

AC source circuit breaker (Amp.)

NPT-1020

AC_PS-B1U

3A

EXT-2U

AC_PS-E2U

3A

3.6.4 Laser Safety Requirements


This section describes the laser safety requirements.

3.6.4.1 Laser Classification


The equipment and components with laser devices described in this manual comply with the International
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) safety standards, including IEC-60825-1 - Safety of Laser Products
(AS/NZS 2211.2) and IEC-825 Safety of Optical Fiber Communication Systems.
With specific regard to the laser, NPT-1020 equipment complies with laser product performance standards
set by government agencies for Class 1 laser products. The product and its accessories do not emit
hazardous light, and the beam is totally enclosed during all operating modes and maintenance.

LASER WARNING:

When the NPT-1020 operates in conjunction with OM_BA or OM_ILA


optical amplifiers (installed in the EXT-2U) the NPT-1020's Laser classifications changes to
Hazard Class 1M Laser Product.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-14

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

3.6.4.2 Warning Labels for Laser Products


The following labels are affixed to the platform front panel. The labels indicate that the product is classified
as a Class 1 Laser Product.
Figure 3-2: Laser warning label

LASER WARNING: The NPT-1020 is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product.

LASER ATTENTION: APPAREIL A LASER DE CLASSE 1.

3.6.4.3 Laser Safety Statutory Warning


All personnel involved in equipment installation and maintenance must be aware that laser radiation is
invisible. Therefore, although protective devices generally prevent direct exposure to the beam, personnel
must strictly observe the applicable safety precautions and in particular must avoid staring into optical
connectors, either directly or through optical instruments.

3.6.4.4 Laser Device Operating Precautions


In addition to the general precautions described in this section, be sure to observe the following warnings
when operating a product equipped with a laser device. Failure to observe these warnings could result in
fire, bodily injury, and damage to the equipment.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-15

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

WARNING: To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation, note the following:

When performing maintenance and other activities on equipment using lasers, it is


recommended that you use protection goggles for the wavelength range of 1300 nm to
1600 nm.

Only authorized personnel must carry out hot insertion or swapping of an optical module
or optical interface module.

To prevent irremediable damage to your eyes, avoid looking into the fiber when
hot-removing and/or inserting a fiber termination.

Place plastic covers on module fiber ports and fiber terminations that are not currently in
use.

Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures associated with the
laser device other than those specified herein.

It is strictly forbidden to interfere with any protective devices and interlocks that are used to
prevent direct exposure to the laser beam.

3.6.4.5 Laser Information


Information regarding the various optical modules available for the NPT-1020 platform is provided in the
following tables.
Table 3-11: LC transceivers laser information STM-4 SFP
Module

Parameter

Data

STM-4 SFP

Laser designation

S3

L3

L5

Operating wavelength (nm)

1310

1310

1550

Source type

Single mode

Single mode

Single mode

Minimum mean launched power


(dBm)

-15

-3

-3

Maximum mean launched power


(dBm)

-8

+2

+2

Table 3-12: LC transceivers laser information STM-1/100BaseFX SFP


Module

Parameter

Data

STM-1 SFP

Laser designation

S3

L3

L5

BD 3 3

BD 5 4

Operating
wavelength (nm)

1310

1310

1550

1310

1550

Single-fiber bidirectional transceivers with a transmit wavelength of 1310 nm.

Single-fiber bidirectional transceivers with a transmit wavelength of 1550 nm.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-16

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Module

Before You Start

Parameter

Data

Source type

Single mode Single


mode

Single
mode

Single
mode

Single
mode

Minimum mean launched


power (dBm)

-15

-5

-5

-14

-14

Maximum mean launched


power (dBm)

-8

-8

-8

Table 3-13: LC transceivers laser information GbE SFP (OTGBE)


Module

Parameter

Data

GbE SFP

Laser designation

SX

LX

EX

Operating
wavelength (nm)

850

1310

1550

Source type

Multi-mode

Single mode

Single mode

Minimum mean launched power -9.5


(dBm)

-11

Maximum mean launched power -3


(dBm)

-3

3.7

Protection against Electrostatic Discharge

This section provides guidelines regarding the protection of NPT-1020 equipment and its components
against electrostatic discharge (ESD) during handling, packing/unpacking, transport, installation,
commissioning, inspections, servicing, and maintenance.
Electronic equipment, assemblies, and components that are ESDS (electrostatic discharge sensitive) or
include sensitive items are identified by the basic ESD warning symbol shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-3: Basic ESD warning symbol

The information provided in this section is in line with CENELEC Electronic Components Committee (CECC)
specification CECC 00 015, which deals with protection of devices sensitive to ESD.
Most types of electronic equipment, assemblies, and components can be damaged by electrostatic
discharges. An ESD between two objects occurs when an object carrying static electrical charges touches or
is brought near another object.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-17

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

Static electrical charges appear as a result of friction between surfaces of insulating materials or separation
of two such surfaces, and may also be induced by electrical fields. Routine activities such as walking across
an insulating floor, friction between garment parts, friction between objects, and so on, can easily build up
charges to levels that may cause damage, especially when humidity is low.
In many cases, the build-up of charge can be avoided by using special materials, for example, garments and
packaging of antistatic materials or materials that have high resistance, but yet are not insulators.
The best way to avoid damage by ESD is a combination of means and procedures that achieves the
following goals:

Avoids build-up of electrostatic charges

Creates a protected work environment that helps prevent ESD

Provides means for controlled discharge of any accumulated electrostatic charges when entering the
protected work environment

NOTE: An area in which ESDS can be handled with minimum risk of damage as a result of ESD

or fields, and in which the operator is not exposed to additional risks, is called an ESD
Protected Area (EPA).

3.7.1 Personnel Training


During production and assembly, equipment is handled in workspaces especially prepared and certified to
serve as a permanent EPA. However, in many cases, the environment in which the same equipment is
installed or maintained cannot be assumed to form an EPA with a permanently controlled boundary.
Therefore, all the work involving handling of unprotected ESD must be considered as field work.
Field work in this context includes such activities as service and maintenance, installation, site inspections,
and commissioning of components and assemblies classified as ESDS, together with associated packing and
unpacking activities.
All the staff involved in field work must be trained to perform their work in the same way as that performed
in permanent EPAs with respect to the material quality, personal responsibilities, training, labeling, and
packing.

3.7.2 Use of a Temporary EPA


Where necessary, use a temporary EPA. The EPA toolkit includes:

Wrist strap with 1 M series resistor

Bonding strap with 1 M series resistor

ESD carpet (work surface), 0.25 m2 minimum

The temporary EPA must include temporary controlled work surfaces and/or flooring capable of providing
protection against ESD.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-18

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

CAUTION: The temporary EPA must be constructed in a way that ensures electrical bonding of

all the materials used, and prevents the occurrence of any sudden changes in potential within
the EPA that could cause unacceptable voltages or discharges to be applied to ESDS.
The operator and any work surface and flooring must be bonded to ground equipotentially. For this
purpose, the work surface and wrist straps must be bonded either to a designated ground bonding point or
to the equipment being serviced.
Whenever available, the mains ground serves as the ESD grounding facility.

WARNING: While the operator is within the temporary EPA, the minimum value of resistance

used for bonding to ground must limit the current to ground, produced by voltages accessible
to the operator, to limits specified as safe by the applicable regulations (see, for example,
CECC 00 015). The same approach is applicable to the surface resistance and resistance to
ground of materials used for temporary work surfaces and flooring.
To enable ESD bonding to ground of equipment racks and any other nonmoveable equipment containing
ESD, an ESD ground-bonding facility must be located near such equipment, or the equipment must be fitted
with a designated ground-bonding point presenting a resistance to ground not greater than 1 M.

3.7.3 Work Arrangements within a Temporary EPA


To ensure that effective ESD protection is indeed achieved, the following arrangements must be observed
by persons entering and/or performing field work within a temporary EPA:

All operators working within a temporary EPA must wear, as a minimum, an ESD antistatic protecting
garment made of cotton.

If the extent of the temporary work area is such that the operator needs to walk and move within
that area, the floor of the area must be capable of providing protection against ESD.

The operator must be bonded to ground at all times when handling ESDS.

If it becomes necessary to remove ESDS equipment and transfer it to a temporary work surface away
from the other equipment, the ESDS must be given protective packaging unless equipotential bonding
to ground of the operator is maintained.

An ESDS unit must be placed directly into protective packaging when it is removed from equipment. A
replacement ESDS must be kept in its protective packaging until required for immediate installation in
the equipment.

The field service operator must ensure that the materials and tools necessary to maintain and control
the temporary EPA are available at the place of the field work at service time.

All tools for use within the EPA must, as far as is practical, be constructed so that they do not
generate or hold an induced electrostatic charge.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-19

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

3.8

Before You Start

Environmental and Health Concerns

ECI is committed to achieving high standards of environmental quality and product safety.
The International Standardization Organization (ISO) has developed the internationally recognized
standards ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. These are quality management standards that are administered by
independent accreditation and certification bodies.
ISO 9000 is a family of standards for quality management systems that has been accepted as a model when
assessing the adequacy of quality management systems. Some of the requirements in ISO 9001 (one of the
standards in the ISO 9000 family) include:

Procedures that cover all key business processes

Process monitoring to ensure effectiveness

Adequate record-keeping

Monitoring output for defects, with appropriate and corrective action where necessary

Regular review of individual processes and the complete quality system as a whole

Facilitating continual improvement

ISO 14000 is the international specification for an Environmental Management System (EMS). It specifies
requirements for establishing an environmental policy, determining environmental aspects and impacts of
products, activities, and services, planning environmental objectives and measurable targets,
implementation and operation of programs to meet objectives and targets, checking and corrective action,
and management review. ECI Quality and Environmental Management Systems were certified to these ISO
standards and are periodically audited by third-party organizations.
As a part of ECIs environmental commitment and in pursuit of compliance with applicable environmental
legislation, ECI makes every effort to ensure that its products supplied to the EU market are compliant with
the RoHS Europe directive restricting use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic
equipment. ECI also requires RoHS compliance from all its suppliers. All new electrical and electronic
equipment delivered to locations within the EU do not contain any cadmium (Cd), lead (Pb), hexavalent
chromium compounds (Cr6+), mercury (Hg), polybrominated biphenyls (PBB), or polybrominated diphenyl
ethers (PBDE), subject to certain exemptions and limitations as outlined in the RoHS directive.
Without limiting the generality of the preceding statement, we wish to stress that use of lead in solders in
network infrastructure equipment has been exempted by the RoHS directive and may be found in certain
ECI products.
All equipment delivered to locations within the EU complies with the requirements of the RoHS Europe
directive. Similarly, ECI equipment is compliant with the RoHS California directive and RoHS Chinese
directive where relevant. All ECI equipment included in the Electronic Information Products (EIP) category
includes a table of Toxic and Hazardous Substances and Elements, verifying hazardous substance levels in
accordance with the RoHS China directive. Equipment documentation includes the appropriate
Environmental Protection Use Period (EPUP) lifespan symbol indicating the point in time when the
equipment may be expected to enter the recycling system. The following are examples of these pollution
control symbols.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-20

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

Figure 3-4: Pollution control logos

NOTE: The number in Logo 2 is for illustrative purposes only. When in actual use, the number

indicates the corresponding environmental protection use period of the product.

ECI adheres to the Waste Electrical and Electronic equipment (WEEE) directive requiring that all new
products introduced into the EU market be labeled with the crossed-out wheeled bin recycling symbol
defined by CENELEC standard EN 50419 and accepted by the member states. Note that specific WEEE
procedures may differ from state to state, depending on the local implementation of the WEEE
requirements.
Figure 3-5: WEEE recycling symbol

Do not dispose of ECI equipment and accessories together with standard household waste. Check with ECI
technical support for information about product disposal, including recycling and reuse. For more
information about ECI's environmental, healths, and safety policy, see the quality policy pages on the ECI
website. (Environmental, Health, and Safety Policy)
For any further information regarding ECI's environmental and safety policies, please contact technical
support.

WARNING:

The ultimate disposal of this product should be handled according to national


laws and regulations.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-21

Installing Equipment

4.1

Overview

This chapter provides general instructions for installing the NPT-1020 and auxiliary equipment.
The procedures for equipment replacement and upgrades are similar to those for installation, and when
relevant, notes regarding live replacement or upgrade are inserted in these procedures.
Use the information in this chapter in conjunction with specific site installation plans in a particular
customer network. If you are interested in obtaining design or installation assistance from ECIs Customer
Support team or wish to prepare a network installation plan, contact your ECI sales representative.
The NPT-1020 platforms, cards, modules, and ancillary equipment are described in the NPT Product Line
Reference Manual.

4.2

Preliminary Preparations

The installation procedures assume that:

The sites at which installation is to be carried out comply with the requirements listed in Site
Preparation.

The preliminary preparations specified in Before You Start have been completed.

Before you start, determine what equipment is to be installed in the rack by referring to the site installation
plan, and note the exact position of each unit. To avoid errors, it is recommended that you mark the
prescribed positions on the rack rails using a soft pencil.

4.3

Installation Sequence

Each component of the NPT-1020 system is supplied separately and must be installed in the correct
sequence according to the site plan.
A high-density installation might include the equipment illustrated in the following figure. The different
components in the illustration are described, correlating to the steps in the following table.

NOTE: If you are not installing an FST for a particular NPT-1020 shelf, it is recommended that

you leave empty space in the rack in case optical modules are added in the future. If you are
not installing an EXT-2U for a particular NPT-1020 shelf, it is highly recommended that you
leave enough empty space above the NPT-1020 shelf in the rack in case an EXT-2U shelf is
added in the future.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-1

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

CAUTION:

If additional equipment is used in the rack, a heat buffer or a buffer plate must be
installed between any such additional equipment and the NPT-1020 shelf to minimize the
transfer of heat from shelf to shelf. This heat buffer must be purchased from ECI.

During the installation of equipment in the rack, make sure all the optical connectors are
closed by protective caps. Do not remove the cap until an optical fiber is connected to the
corresponding connector.
Figure 4-1: Typical installation in of a single NPT-1020 in a 2200 ETSI rack

For illustrations of installation options, see Installation Options.

NOTE: The FST should be installed below the NPT-1020. If the EXT-2U is not installed, space
above the NPT-1020 should be reserved for the EXT-2U.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-2

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

The general stages described in the following table, listed in the required order of execution.
Table 4-1: Outline of typical NPT-1020 equipment installation sequence
Step

Procedure

Install a rack (if required)

Unpack and perform a visual inspection

Install ancillary equipment in the rack, including:

Install the NPT-1020 shelf in the rack

Install the Dslot modules in the NPT-1020 shelf (if required)

Install the SFP modules in the NPT-1020 shelf

Install the EXT-2U shelf in the rack (if required)

Install the power module in the EXT-2U shelf

Install extension cards in the EXT-2U shelf

10

Route and connect all cables and fibers, including:


Power and alarm cables
Optical fibers to optical modules transceivers
Traffic cables to electrical cards
Data cables
Timing cables
Management cable
Orderwire cable
PCM interface cables

4.4

RAP unit
FST (optional)
Optional ODF units
Optional DDF units
Optional SM_10E ICP units

Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection


Before you start:

Before unpacking, make a preliminary inspection of the shipping boxes. Immediately report evidence of
damage to the carrier, the project manager, and your local ECI representative.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-3

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

CAUTION: Static Sensitive Devices


Proper handling and grounding precautions required
NPT-1020 equipment contains components sensitive to ESD. To prevent ESD damage, strictly
observe all the precautions listed in Protection Against Electronic Discharge. Keep parts and
cards in their antistatic packaging material until you are ready to install them.
The use of an antistatic wrist strap connected to a grounded equipment frame or rack is
recommended when handling cards and modules during installation, removal, or connection
to internal connectors.

To unpack the equipment:


1.

Place the shipping boxes with the top upwards on a clean flat surface. Cut the sealing tape using a
short knife so as not to damage the internal items, and open the top flaps.

2.

Remove the items contained in the box and inspect each one for damage. Check for loose parts or any
visual damage to the rack, platform, and auxiliary equipment. Also check the integrity of all the
connectors, leads, and cables.

NOTE:

Do not remove plastic covers from optical connectors until optical cables are
connected to them.
3.

Search the shipping boxes for any additional small items that may be present.

4.

Open each of the module and card packages for inspection, but do not remove the modules/cards
from their individual protective packages until they can be inserted in the platform.

5.

Check the contents of the shipping boxes against the packing list attached to each box. If damaged
parts are detected or if any parts are missing, notify the project manager and your local ECI
representative immediately.

4.5

Installation Options

It is recommended that NPT-1020 platforms be installed in ECI approved racks. These racks can be installed
on wooden, concrete, or suspended floors, or suspended from overhead mountings.
The following racks are supported:

Standard 19

Standard ETSI

Open frame

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-4

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

NOTE: NPT-1020 platforms can also be installed in

standard street cabinets. Consult ECI for more details.


By default, the NPT-1020 is shipped with 19 mounting brackets. If you are installing in an ETSI
rack, ETSI brackets must be ordered separately and replaced in the field.
You can install up to eight NPT-1020 platforms in a rack. A typical installation of four NPT-1020 platforms in
an ETSI 2200 rack is shown in the following figure.
Figure 4-2: Typical installation of four NPT-1020 platforms in a ETSI 2200 rack

If necessary, contact the ECI Customer Support team or your ECI sales representative for help in meeting
your specific installation requirements.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-5

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

4.6

Installing Equipment

Installing Ancillary Units in Racks

ECI offers various accessories for efficient and optimal installation in racks. Contact ECIs Customer Support
team or your ECI sales representative for additional items or custom modifications to standard items.
The specific units you need to install depend on your site installation plan and may include one or more of
the following:

RAP unit: For connecting up to four or eight NPT-1020 platforms (NPT-1020 with EXT-2U is counted as
two platforms) on the same rack, usually located at the top. See Installing the RAP-BG and Installing
the RAP-4B.

FST: Located under the NPT-1020 platform, recommended for installations with a large number of
optical modules. See Installing the Fiber Storage Tray.

ODF units: See Installing the ODF.

xDDF-21: This unit must be installed for unbalanced E1 interfaces. See Installing the xDDF-21 Patch
Panel.

AC_CONV_UNIT: This unit is an AC power platform that can be mounted separately on the rack. See
Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT.

In general, ancillary units are attached to the rack side rails by four M6 Phillips screws. No preparation is
required before installation. The following sections provide mechanical installation instructions for units
that require additional procedures. Skip sections that are not relevant to your particular application.

CAUTION: If additional equipment (other than NPT-1020 platforms) is installed in the rack, a

heat buffer must be installed between such equipment and the NPT-1020 to minimize the
transfer of heat from platform to platform. Consult your ECI representative regarding the
exact heat buffer required.

4.6.1 Installing the RAP-BG


Before You Start:
Before connecting DC power cables, see DC Power Cables.
For a description of the RAP-BG, see the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.

To install the RAP-BG:


1.

Prepare DC power cables.

2.

Install the RAP-BG in the prescribed location.

3.

Ground the RAP-BG to the rack grounding stud.

4.

Connect input DC power cables to the RAP-BG.

5.

Connect the DC power cables of the NPT platforms to the RAP-BG.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-6

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

6.

Install circuit breakers.

7.

Check power wiring.

Installing Equipment

4.6.1.1 Preparing DC Input Power Cables


NOTE: According to accepted industry standards for connecting DC power, the positive lead

(+48 V) must be connected with a red cable and the negative lead (-48 V) with a black cable.
However, according to the BS7671 (GB) and HD 308 S2:2001 (EU) standards, the positive lead
must be connected with a blue cable and the negative lead with a gray cable. In the following
sections that describe DC power cable connections, use cables of appropriate colors to comply
with the standards in your area of residence.
The DC input power cables connect the two DC power sources and the RAP-BG source A and source B
inputs. Two cables are required, one for each source. Each cable consists of two stranded copper leads with
a cross section of 50 mm2 (.078 in.2), one red and the other black. Each lead is terminated with a
compression lug from the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment.

NOTE: When the RAP-BG provides power to a single NPT platform, lower gauge cables can be
used. See DC Power Cables for DC power cable requirements.

CAUTION: If appropriate leads have already been prepared at the prescribed rack location,
make sure that the leads are not connected to any live voltage source before attaching the
lugs.

To prepare a DC power cable:


1.

Strip about 22 mm (1 in.) of the red lead jacket.

2.

Insert all lead strands into the lug sleeve.

3.

Press at two or three different points on the lug sleeve using an appropriate crimping tool and die.
The recommended tools are Panduit CT-720 crimping tool with CD-720-2 die, Klauke K18 crimping
tool with D50 die, or equivalent.
It is recommended to use insulation tape (of the same color as the lead jacket) between the cable lug
and the cable itself.

4.

Repeat Steps 1 to 3 above for the black lead.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-7

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

4.6.1.2 Installing the RAP-BG


The RAP-BG is attached to the rack side rails at the top position of the rack.

To install the RAP-BG

Attach the RAP-BG to the side rails and secure it with the four screws, washers, and nuts supplied in
the installation parts kit.

To ground the RAP-BG:


1.

The RAP-BG grounding stud is located on its rear cover, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 4-3: Location of RAP-BG grounding stud

2.

If necessary, prepare a grounding lead in accordance with the requirements described in Grounding
Requirements.

3.

Connect the lug at one end of the grounding lead to the RAP-BG grounding stud, using a spring
washer and nut.

4.

Connect the lug at the other end of the grounding lead to the rack grounding stud.

To connect DC input power cables to the RAP-BG:


1.

Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the RAP-BG by referring to the
following figure.
Figure 4-4: Identification of RAP-BG cable routes

2.

Open the two captive screws fastening the RAP-BG front cover and remove the cover.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-8

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

3.

Installing Equipment

Identify the various terminals located on the power source terminal board by referring to the
following figure (showing the terminals at source A side; a similar board is used at source B side).
Figure 4-5: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-BG

CAUTION: Before connecting the power leads, make sure to identify the terminal polarity on
the RAP-BG power terminal board.
4.

Bring the two leads of DC source A input power cable to the appropriate RAP-BG opening.

5.

Attach the lug of the red lead to the positive stud terminal marked (+) on the power terminal board
(see the previous figure).

6.

Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and nut. Tighten the nut with a torque of 1450 N cm
to 1600 N cm.

7.

Attach the lug of the black lead to the negative stud terminal marked (-) on the power terminal board
(see the previous figure).

8.

Repeat Step 6 for the black lead lug.

9.

If an additional power source (source B) is used, repeat Steps 3 to 8 for source B.

10.

Securely attach the DC input power cables to the rack inner wall using cable ties.

During the following procedure, refer to the figures in Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-BG.

To connect the DC power cables to a platform:


1.

Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the RAP-BG.

2.

Insert the DC power cable end, terminated with lugs, of the NPT-1020 platform through the opening
for platform power cables connecting to source A. If more platforms are installed in the rack, start by
connecting the Platform 1 cable.

3.

Attach the red lead lug of the platform power cable to the positive stud terminal of Platform 1 on the
power terminal board.

4.

Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and nut. Tighten the nut with a torque of 320 N cm
to 350 N cm.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-9

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

5.

Attach the black lead lug of the power cable to the negative stud terminal of Platform 1 on the power
terminal board.

6.

Repeat Step 4 for the black lead lug.

7.

Identify the platform's grounding terminals located on the inner side panel of the RAP-BG as shown in
the following figure.
Figure 4-6: RAP-BG platform power cable grounding screws

8.

Attach the grounding (shield) lead lug of the platform power cable to the ground stud terminal
located on the RAP-BG side panel.

9.

Repeat Step 4 for the grounding lead lug.

10.

If additional NPT-1020 platforms are installed in the rack, repeat Steps 2 to 9 for each platform power
cable.

11.

If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 10 to connect the platforms to source B.

12.

Route each platform power cable along the rack side rails down to the corresponding platform
position, and then securely attach the power cable to the rack inner wall using cable ties. Attach a tag
to each power connector in accordance with its function.

To install the RAP-BG circuit breakers:


1.

If the RAP-BG front panel has not been removed, open the two captive screws fastening it to the
RAP-BG chassis and remove the cover.
Figure 4-7: RAP-BG front cover removal

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-10

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

2.

Installing Equipment

Identify the circuit breaker corresponding to the power circuit A of Shelf 1 (the circuit breaker is
included in the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment; its rating is in accordance with the
ordered platform configuration).
Figure 4-8: RAP-BG circuit breaker installation

3.

Insert the circuit breaker into the circuit breaker sockets located on the RAP-BG source A power
terminal board, as shown in the previous figure.

4.

If more platforms are powered from source A, repeat Steps 2 and 3 to insert the circuit breakers into
the corresponding platform positions of the power terminal board.

5.

If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 4 for source B circuit breakers.

To check DC voltage polarity:


1.

Make sure the correct site grounding test has been passed successfully (see Grounding
Requirements).

2.

Connect the DC input power to the RAP-BG.

3.

Set all the RAP-BG circuit breakers to ON.

4.

Use a digital multimeter (DMM) to test the voltage between the positive and negative contacts of
each power cable.
The following figure identifies the functions of the power cable connector contacts assembled on the
cable end connected to the NPT-1020 platform, as seen when looking into the connector.
Figure 4-9: Platform DC input power connector pin functions

5.

Make sure the voltage is within the allowed range (-40 VDC to -72 VDC), and that it has the correct
polarity.

6.

Return all the RAP-BG circuit breakers to OFF.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-11

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

7.

Disconnect the RAP-BG input power sources.

8.

Reinstall the RAP-BG front cover and fasten it using the two captive screws.

Installing Equipment

4.6.2 Installing the RAP-4B


Before You Start:
Before connecting DC power cables, see DC Power Cables.
For a description of the RAP-4B, see NPT series Reference Manual.

To install the RAP-4B:


1.

Prepare DC power cables.

2.

Install the RAP-4B in the prescribed location.

3.

Ground the RAP-4B to the rack grounding stud.

4.

Connect input DC power cables to the RAP-4B.

5.

Connect the DC power cables of the NPT platforms to the RAP-4B.

6.

Install circuit breakers.

7.

Check power wiring.

4.6.2.1 Preparing DC Input Power Cables


NOTE: According to accepted industry standards for connecting DC power, the positive lead
(+48 V) must be connected with a red cable, and the negative lead (-48 V) with a black cable.
However, according to the BS7671 (GB) and HD 308 S2:2001 (EU) standards, the positive lead
must be connected with a blue cable and the negative lead with a gray cable. In the following
sections use cables of the colors to comply with the standards in your area of residence.
The DC input power cables connect the two DC power sources and the RAP-4B source A and source B
inputs. Two cables are required, one for each source. Each cable consists of two stranded copper leads with
a cross section of 50 mm2 (0.078 in.2), one red and the other black. Each lead is terminated with a
compression lug from the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment.

NOTE: When the RAP-4B provides power to a single

platform, lower gauge cables may be


used. See DC Power Cables for DC power cable requirements.

CAUTION: If appropriate leads have already been prepared at the prescribed rack location,
make sure that the leads are not connected to any live voltage source before attaching the
lugs.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-12

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To prepare a DC power cable:


1.

Strip about 22 mm (1 in.) of the red lead jacket.

2.

Insert all lead strands into the lug sleeve.

3.

Press at two or three different points on the lug sleeve using an appropriate crimping tool and die.
The recommended tools are Panduit CT-720 crimping tool with CD-720-2 die, Klauke K18 crimping
tool with D50 die, or equivalent.
It is recommended to use insulation tape (of the same color as the lead jacket) between the cable lug
and the cable itself.

4.

Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for the black lead.

4.6.2.2 Installing the RAP-4B


The RAP-4B is attached to the rack side rails at the top of the rack.

To install the RAP-4B:

Attach the RAP-4B to the side rails and secure it with the four screws, washers, and nuts supplied in
the installation parts kit.

To ground the RAP-4B:


NOTE: The RAP-4B is supplied, by default, with a grounding cable connected to the rear of the
unit. Use this cable to connect ground to the RAP-4B.
1.

The RAP-4B grounding studs are located on its rear cover as shown in the following figure.
Figure 4-10: Locating RAP-4B grounding stud

If a grounding cable is already attached to the RAP-4B, skip Steps 2 and 3.


2.

If necessary, prepare a grounding lead (with a two-hole lug) as details described in Grounding
Requirements.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-13

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

3.

Installing Equipment

Connect the lug at one end of the grounding lead to the RAP-4B grounding studs, using spring
washers and nuts.
Figure 4-11: RAP-4B with grounding cable

4.

Connect the two-hole lug at the other end of the grounding lead to the rack's grounding bar.

To connect DC input power cables to the RAP-4B:


1.

Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the RAP-4B, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 4-12: Identifying RAP-4B cable routes

2.

Open the two captive screws fastening the RAP-4B front cover and remove it.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-14

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

3.

Installing Equipment

Identify the various terminals located on the power source terminal board, as shown in the following
figure (showing source A side; a similar board is used at source B side).
Figure 4-13: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-4B

CAUTION: Before connecting the power leads, make sure to identify the terminal polarity on
the RAP-4B power terminal board.
4.

Bring the two leads of one DC source A input power cable to the appropriate RAP-4B opening.

5.

Attach the lug of the red lead to the positive stud terminal marked (+) on the power terminal board
(see the previous figure).

6.

Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and nut. Tighten the nut with a torque of 940 N cm
to 1060 N cm.

7.

Attach the lug of the black lead to the negative stud terminal marked (-) on the power terminal board
(see the previous figure).

8.

Repeat Step 6 for the black lead lug.

9.

If an additional power source (source B) is used, repeat Steps 3 to 8 for source B.

10.

Securely attach the DC input power cables to the rack inner wall using cable ties.

During the following procedure, refer to the figure Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-4B.

To connect the DC power cable to a platform:


1.

Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the RAP-4B.

2.

Insert the DC power cable end terminated in lugs of the NPT-1020 platform through the opening for
power cables connecting to source A. If more platforms are installed in the rack, start by connecting
the Platform 1 cable.

3.

Attach the red lead lug of the platform power cable to the positive stud terminal of Platform 1 on the
power terminal board.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-15

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

4.

Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and M6 screw. Tighten the M6 screw with a torque
of 320 N cm to 350 N cm.

5.

Attach the black lead lug of the power cable to the negative stud terminal of Platform 1 on the power
terminal board.

6.

Repeat Step 4 for the black lead lug.

7.

Identify the platforms grounding terminals located on the inner side panel of the RAP-4B according to
the following figure.
Figure 4-14: RAP-4B platform power cable grounding screws

8.

Attach the grounding (shield) lead lug of the platform power cable to the ground stud terminal
located on the RAP-4B side panel.

9.

Repeat Step 4 for the grounding lead lug.

10.

If more NPT-1020 platforms are installed in the rack, repeat Steps 2 to 9 for each platform power
cable.

11.

If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 10 to connect the platforms to source B.

12.

Route each platform power cable along the rack side rails down to its corresponding platform, and
then securely attach the power cable to the rack inner wall using cable ties. Attach a tag to each
power connector in accordance with its function.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-16

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To install the RAP-4B circuit breakers:


1.

If the RAP-4B front panel has not been removed, open the two captive screws fastening it to the
chassis and remove the cover.
Figure 4-15: RAP-4B front cover removal

2.

Identify the circuit breaker corresponding to power circuit A of Platform 1 (the circuit breaker is
included in the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment platform; its rating is in accordance
with the ordered platform configuration).
Figure 4-16: RAP-4B circuit breaker installation

3.

Insert the circuit breaker into the circuit breaker sockets located on the RAP-4B source A power
terminal board, as shown in the previous figure.

4.

If more platforms are powered from source A, repeat Steps 2 and 3 to insert the circuit breakers into
the corresponding platform positions of the power terminal board.

5.

If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 4 above for source B circuit breakers.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-17

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

4.6.2.3 Checking DC Voltage Polarity


To check DC voltage polarity:
1.

Make sure the correct site grounding test has been passed successfully (see Grounding
Requirements).

2.

Connect the DC input power to the RAP-4B.

3.

Set all the RAP-4B circuit breakers to ON.

4.

Use a DMM to test the voltage between the positive and negative contacts of each power cable.
The following figure identifies the functions of the power cable connector contacts assembled on the
cable end connected to the NPT-1020 platform, as seen when looking into the connector.
Figure 4-17: Platform DC input power connector pin functions

5.

Make sure the voltage is within the allowed range (-40 VDC to -72 VDC), and that it has the correct
polarity.

6.

Return all the RAP-4B circuit breakers to OFF.

7.

Disconnect the RAP-4B input power sources.

8.

Reinstall the RAP-4B front cover and fasten it with the two captive screws.

4.6.3 Installing the FST


Install the FST 50 mm below the fiber guide. If additional equipment is installed below it, such as another
NPT-1020 platform, an additional 50 mm must be left free between the FST and such equipment.

To install the FST in the rack:


1.

Attach the FST to the rack rails and secure it using the four supplied screws, washers, and nuts.

2.

Prepare the necessary fibers according to the site cabling diagram and the detailed cabling diagrams
or tables of each platform. See the safety information in Work and Equipment Safety and Power
Supply Requirements.

3.

Label the cables in accordance with the cabling diagrams or tables.

4.

Thread the optical fibers into the conduits running along the front supports of the ETSI A rack, (or the
rack sidewalls in an ETSI B rack).

5.

Push the button on the front panel of the FST to release the latch, and pull the FST towards you to
open it.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-18

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

NOTE: The FST has two opening positions. The tray latches with a click at the halfway position.
Pull it again to open it fully so that you can thread the fibers.
6.

Thread the fibers into the FST, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 4-18: Threading optical fibers in the FST

NOTE: All optical fibers should be arranged in groups inside the FST and fastened with Velcro
strips.
7.

Run the fibers up to the level of the corresponding optical connector.

8.

Return the FST to the rack until it latches in place with a click.

CAUTION:

Make sure that all the optical connectors are closed at all times with the
appropriate protective caps or with the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective
cap until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding connector, and immediately install
a protective cap after a cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm. Sharp bending of fibers may degrade
the optical transmission characteristics.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-19

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

4.6.4 Installing the ODF


Identify the prescribed ODF locations in the rack before performing the following procedures.
The ODF is supplied with two sets of rack mounting brackets: one for 19 and ETSI racks (for both ETSI A
and B), and the other for 23 7-foot bay racks.

To attach the rack mounting brackets to the ODF:

Refer to the following figure to identify the required set of rack mounting brackets, and attach each
bracket to the corresponding ODF side panel with three screws.
Figure 4-19: Attaching rack mounting brackets to the ODF

To connect optical fibers to the ODF:


1.

Push the release button on the ODF front panel to the left to release the latch and pull it towards you.
The cover opens downwards.
Figure 4-20: ODF front panel

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-20

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Figure 4-21: ODF open view

2.

Hold the end of the swing-out tray and pull it out to gain access to the ODF components.

3.

Open the two cover thumb nuts and remove the protective cover from the ODF splice support.

4.

Insert the external fibers cable through the protective tube.


Figure 4-22: ODF fiber routes

5.

Route the fiber ends through the cable guides to the splice support area.

6.

Identify the adapter panel pigtail to be spliced to each user fiber.

7.

Insert splicing sleeves over the pigtail, splice the user fiber to the pigtail, and slide the splicing sleeve
over the splice.

8.

Place the splicing sleeve in one of the slots in the splice support.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-21

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

NOTE: When more than 12 fibers are connected to the ODF, start by first filling the slots of

the lower splice support. After those slots are occupied, reinstall the top splice support and
continue filling the support slots.
9.

After splicing all the fibers, reinstall the protective cover removed in Step 3.

10.

Push the swing-out tray back into the unit.

11.

Close the ODF front cover by pushing it up until it clicks to the unit.

12.

See the To attach the rack mounting brackets to the ODF procedure, above, and secure the user
fibers with cable ties to the fiber fastening bracket at the rear of the ODF.

CAUTION: To prevent damage to fibers, do not tighten the cable ties.

To install ODF units in a rack:

Install each ODF in the prescribed rack position and fasten it to the rack side rails with four screws.

4.6.5 Installing the xDDF-21 Patch Panel


The NPT-1020 only supports balanced E1s directly. For unbalanced E1s, install the xDDF-21 that provides
balanced-to-unbalanced conversion for 21 E1s. The number of xDDF-21 units to be installed with one
NPT-1020 unit is based on the number of PME1_21 modules (for the number of unbalanced E1s required).

To install an xDDF-21 patch panel:


1.

Route the 100-pin SCSI cables leading from the E1 interfaces on the PME1_21 panel along the side of
the rack to the location where the xDDF-21 patch panel is to be installed.

2.

Before you install the patch panel, connect the SCSI cables leading to the rear of the xDDF-21 patch
panel. The cables are marked J1 and J2 and must be connected to their respective connectors.

3.

Attach the patch panel to the rack rails and secure using the four supplied screws, washers, and nuts.

4.

Connect the traffic cables to the front of the xDDF-21 patch panel, and make a note of the
appropriate channels on the identification label on the inside of the panel door.

4.6.6 Installing SM_10E/EM_10E ICPs


Three types of ICPs were developed to simplify installation and connection to customer termination
equipment. The ICP is connected to the SM_10E/EM_10E module using a special cable that spreads the
condensed cable to connector types commonly used for each service. Each ICP can serve one
SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module. An ICP can be installed anywhere in the rack.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-22

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To install an SM_10E/EM_10E ICP:


1.

Identify the prescribed position of the ICP in the rack in accordance with the rack installation plan.

2.

Place the ICP in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it temporarily in place,
and then fasten the platform to the rack side rails with four M6 screws, washers, and nuts.
Figure 4-23: Installing SM_10E/EM_10E ICPs in the rack

4.6.7 Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT


The AC_CONV_UNIT is an AC power platform that can be mounted separately in the rack. The
AC_CONV_UNIT is supplied with one set of combined rack mounting brackets for 19 and ETSI racks (for
both ETSI A and B racks).

To install an AC_CONV_UNIT:
1.

Identify the prescribed position of the AC_CONV_UNIT in the rack in accordance with the rack
installation plan.

2.

Place the AC_CONV_UNIT in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it
temporarily in place, and then fasten the platform to the rack side rails with four M6 screws, washers,
and nuts.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-23

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Figure 4-24: Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT in the rack

4.7

Installing the NPT-1020 Shelf in the Rack

Each NPT-1020 shelf is supplied with an installed power module and an empty Dslot (covered by a blank
panel). Therefore, the installation activities covered in this section include:

Installing the Rail Stiffeners

Attaching the NPT-1020 Shelf in the Rack

Grounding the NPT-1020 Shelf

After the activities presented in this section have been completed, the NPT-1020 shelf is ready for:

Installing Power Modules in the NPT-1020

Installing Tslot Modules

Installing SFP Modules

4.7.1 Installing the Rail Stiffeners


If you install the NPT-1020 in the rack without installing rail stiffeners, the rear side of the NPT-1020 shelf
will be slightly lower than the front side, due to the weight of the NPT-1020 shelf. This makes installation of
the EXT-2U very difficult. The rail stiffeners make the NPT-1020 level after it is installed in the rack. Two rail
stiffeners are shipped along with the NPT-1020 shelf.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-24

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

CAUTION: Currently, to install the EXT-2U on the NPT-1020, rack stiffeners must be installed.

To install the rack stiffeners:


1.

Locate the two rail stiffeners included as part of the NPT-1020 shelf package.

2.

Determine the position for the rail stiffener on the racks left side rail, according to the position of the
NPT-1020 shelf in the rack, and in accordance with the rack installation plan.

3.

Place the rail stiffener on the rear side of the racks left side rail.

4.

Fasten the rail stiffener to the racks left side rail with two M6 screws and washers through the
uppermost and lowermost holes of the rail stiffener.

5.

Repeat Steps 2 to 4 to install the second rail stiffener on the racks right side rail.

4.7.2 Attaching the NPT-1020 Shelf in the Rack


WARNING: Before starting, make sure that the DC power is not connected to the rack, and
that the circuit breakers in the RAP, if used, are set to OFF.

Before you start:


Review the grounding requirements specified in Before You Start. Obtain the required materials and make
sure to perform the grounding connections in accordance with these requirements.

To attach a NPT-1020 shelf to an ECI recommended rack:


1.

Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1020 shelf in the rack in accordance with the rack
installation plan.

2.

Place the NPT-1020 shelf in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it
temporarily in place, and then fasten the shelf to the rack side rails (to the second and third lowest
screws in the rail stiffeners) with four M6 screws and washers.

4.7.3 Grounding the NPT-1020 Shelf


Before you start:

Review the grounding requirements specified in Preparing Cables and Fibers. Obtain the required
materials and make sure to perform the grounding connections in accordance with these
requirements.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-25

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To ground the NPT-1020 shelf:

NPT-1020 shelf grounding is achieved by connecting the shelf to the rack using rack mounting
brackets. Grounding is provided by contact when the unit is fastened to the rack.

4.7.4 Installing Power Modules in the NPT-1020


Each NPT-1020 shelf must have a power module/modules installed in the power module slot(s). The power
module slots are identifies as PSA and PSB. There are several options to install power modules in these slots
as follows:

Installing an INF-B1U in slot PSA and a second one in slot PSB. This configuration supports DC power
redundancy for the NPT-1020 by connecting each module to a separate power source.

Installing an INF-B1U-24V in slot PSA and a second one in slot PSB. This configuration supports DC
power redundancy for the NPT-1020 by connecting each module to a separate power source.

Installing one INF-B1U-D module. This module occupies both PAS and PSB slots. DC power
redundancy is supported by connecting each input power connector on the INF-B1U-D to a separate
source.

Installing one AC_PS-B1U module. This module occupies both PAS and PSB slots and provides AC input
power support.

The following sections describe the installation procedures for each of the options.
The NPT-1020 is always shipped with power module/modules installed. The procedure described in this
section is therefore only relevant when you want to replace the power module.

4.7.4.1 Installing an INF-B1U


For DC power redundancy, the NPT-1020 platform must have two INF-1BU modules installed in the power
module slots, and is always shipped with power modules already installed. The following procedure
therefore describes replacing the power module.
Figure 4-25: Installing an INF-B1U in the NPT-1020

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-26

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To install an INF-B1U in the NPT-1020 platform:


1.

Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.

2.

Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.

3.

Hold the INF-B1U module extractor and insert the rear end of the module into the card guides.

4.

Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1020
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the
procedure.

5.

Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.

4.7.4.2 Installing an INF-B1U-24V


For DC power redundancy, the NPT-1020 platform must have two INF-1BU-24V modules installed in the
power module slots, and is always shipped with power modules already installed. The following procedure
therefore describes replacing the power module.
Figure 4-26: Installing an INF-B1U-24V in the NPT-1020

To install an INF-B1U in the NPT-1020 platform:


1.

Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.

2.

Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.

3.

Hold the INF-B1U module extractor and insert the rear end of the module into the card guides.

4.

Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1020
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the
procedure.

5.

Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-27

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

4.7.4.3 Installing an INF-B1U-D


For DC power redundancy the NPT-1020 platform must have the INF-1BU-D module installed in the power
module slots and each power connector connected to a separate power source. The NPT-1020 is always
shipped with a power module already installed. The following procedure therefore describes replacing the
power module.
Figure 4-27: Installing an INF-B1U-D in the NPT-1020

To install an INF-B1U-D in the NPT-1020 platform:


1.

Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.

2.

Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.

3.

Hold the INF-B1U-D module extractor and insert the rear end of the module into the card guides.

4.

Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1020
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the
procedure.

5.

Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-28

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

4.7.4.4 Installing an AC_PS-B1U


The PSA and PSB slots in the NPT-1020 can be used to install an AC_PS-B1U module to support AC power
feed. When delivered with an AC_PS-B1U module these slots are empty (covered by blank panels) and the
module must therefore be installed in the field according to the site installation plan.
Figure 4-28: Installing an AC_PS-B1U in the NPT-1020

To install an AC_PS-B1U in the NPT-1020 platform:


1.

Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.

2.

Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.

3.

Hold the AC_PS-B1U module extractor and insert the rear end of the module into the card guides.

4.

Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1020
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the
procedure.

5.

Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.

4.7.5 Installing Tslot Modules


This section describes the installation process for Tslot modules. For a list of available Tslot modules and
their technical descriptions, refer to the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.
The NPT-1020 is shipped with the Tslot covered by a blank panel. You will have to remove this cover to
install a module in it.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-29

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To install a Tslot module in the NPT-1020 shelf:


The Tslot module can be installed in the Tslot of the NPT-1020 shelf as per the site installation plan.
Figure 4-29: Installing Tslot modules in the NPT-1020

1.

Loosen the two screws on the Tslot cover panel and remove it.

2.

Check that the Tslot module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.

3.

Remove the Tslot module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to
detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.

4.

Hold the Tslot module handle and insert the rear end of the module into the module guides.

5.

Push the module in until the front of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1020 shelf. If
resistance is felt, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.

6.

Secure the module in place by fastening its two captive screws.

NOTE: Tslot modules do not support hot insertion. Make sure the NPT-1020 is powered off
before installing any Tslot module.

4.7.6 Installing SFP Modules


All NPT-1020 shelves and SMD1B/SMS4 modules are shipped without SFP modules installed. Proper SFP
modules must be installed in the field according to the field installation plan.
ECI supplies field-replaceable SFP transceivers in all optical interfaces and electrical STM-1 interfaces. Hot
swapping is allowed, provided you observe all the safety precautions described in Before You Start during
the replacement.

NOTE: Only SFP modules supplied by ECI can be used in the NPT-1020. Otherwise, the laser in
SFP module will always shut down.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-30

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Figure 4-30: Installing an SFP in the NPT-1020

To install an SFP module:


1.

Check that the SFP has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.

2.

Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.

3.

Insert the rear end of the SFP module plug-in into the prescribed position, and push slowly backward
to mate its rear connector with the corresponding optical interface module connector until the
transceiver clicks into place. If you feel resistance before the transceiver plug-in is fully inserted,
retract the transceiver and repeat the insertion.

4.

Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for other SFP modules (if required).

4.8

Installing the EXT-2U Platform in the Rack

EXT-2U is an expansion unit which can be added on top of the NPT-1020 to provide enhanced capacity and
a rich feature list. If you need more add-drop capacity and additional functionality, such as Ethernet L2 and
PCM, an EXT-2U can be added. The EXT-2U supports live insertion and can be installed at any time without
affecting the traffic running on the NPT-1020. The EXT-2U can also be installed when installing the
NPT-1020.
The EXT-2U is compact and versatile and can be used with different base units from both ECI's NPT and
BroadGate Product Lines. The type of traffic that can be delivered by the unit depends on the type of matrix
(TDM, Hybrid, or Packet only) installed in the base unit. I/O expansion cards are supported in accordance.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-31

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

It includes its own independent power supply and fan unit, for additional reliability and security. The three
multipurpose slots of the EXT-2U support any combination of extractable traffic cards. TDM, ADM,
Ethernet, and CES traffic are all handled through cards in these traffic slots, with all interfaces through
convenient SFP modules.
Each EXT-2U platform is supplied with a power module slot and all extension slots, initially empty. The
three extension slots are covered by a cover panel.

4.8.1 Installing the H Connector


The H connector connects the NPT-1020 and EXT-2U platforms.
Figure 4-31: Installing the H connector in the NPT-1020

To install the H connector:


1.

Remove the H connector cover (on top of the NPT-1020) by opening its two screws.

2.

Fasten the pilot pin into the screw hole by hand.

3.

Insert the H connector assembly into the internal connectors, and then fasten it on the cover by
screwing in its two handles.

4.8.2 Installing the EXT-2U Shelf on the NPT-1020 Shelf


The EXT-2U platform is mounted on top of the NPT-1020 platform using the H connector.
You need an EXT-2U installation kit to install the EXT-2U on the NPT-1020. This is shipped as part of the
EXT-2U platform package. The kit includes the EXT-2U TO NPT-1020/NPT-1200 CONNECTION SPEC. (DWG
NO. 3HETC6-3468-068) drawing, which describes the installation process in detail. Be sure to follow this
drawing closely during EXT-2U installation. The following procedure is a high level summary of the
installation process.

WARNING:

Before starting to install the EXT-2U, make sure the DC power cable is not
connected to the EXT-2U, and that the circuit breakers in the RAP, if used, are set to OFF.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-32

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

CAUTION:

Before adding the EXT-2U to the NPT-1020, ensure that the rail stiffeners have
been installed. (It is very difficult to install the EXT-2U without them.) If not, it is highly
recommended that you first remove the NPT-1020 from the rack and install the rail stiffeners
before proceeding with the EXT-2U installation. See Installing the Rail Stiffeners.

WARNING:

Take great care when installing the EXT-2U in order to avoid damage to the
NPT-1020 or EXT-2U. Be sure to follow the drawing provided in the EXT-2U installation kit.

To install the EXT-2U platform on the NPT-1020 platform:


1.

Fasten the two pilot pins for the EXT-2U onto the cover by hand.

2.

Mount the EXT-2U on the NPT-1020 using the vertical pilot pins and holes at the bottom of the
EXT-2U.

3.

Ensure that the connectors for the H connector and the EXT-2U are completely matched.

4.

Insert the five snap rivets into the holes on the bottom of the EXT-2U.

5.

Verify that the caps of the rivets are flat on the bottom of the EXT-2U.

6.

Fasten the four fastener screws (SST PH M6 x 16) to the mounting flange of the EXT-2U.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-33

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

4.8.3 Disassembling the EXT-2U from the NPT-1020


The following is the correct way to disassemble the EXT-2U from the NPT-1020. The EXT-2U is attached to
the NPT-1020 with five snap rivets. You must first remove these rivets before removing the EXT-2U. It is
recommended to use a thin flat tool (like a screwdriver) to raise the rivet caps first, and then remove them.
Figure 4-32: Removing the EXT-2U from the NPT-1020

To disassemble the EXT-2U from the NPT-1020:


1.

Insert a thin flat-head screwdriver under the rivet cap.


Figure 4-33: Inserting the thin flat-head tool

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-34

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

2.

Installing Equipment

Raise the rivet cap by the screwdriver.


Figure 4-34: Raising the rivet cap

3.

Remove the rivet with your hand.


Figure 4-35: Removing the rivet

4.

Repeat steps 1 to 3 to remove the other rivets.

5.

Raise the EXT-2U from the NPT-1020 and remove it.

6.

Disassemble the pin guides and the H connector from the NPT-1020.

4.8.4 Attaching the EXT-2U Shelf to the Rack


The EXT-2U platform can be mounted in the rack after it has been assembled with the NPT-1020 or added
to a NPT-1020 platform already mounted in the rack.

To attach an EXT-2U platform to an ECI recommended rack:

Fasten the EXT-2U platform to the rack side rails with four M6 screws, washers, and nuts. EXT-2U
platform grounding is achieved by contact when connecting the platform to the rack using rack
mounting brackets.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-35

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

4.8.5 Identifying Slots in the EXT-2U


The layout of the EXT-2U is depicted in the following figures.
Figure 4-36: EXT-2U regular slots layout

Figure 4-37: EXT-2U slot layout with extended ES 3#

The figures show two possible arrangements for the EXT-2U slots layout. The upper figure shows the
regular layout of the EXT-2U. The lower figure is very similar to the first, with an extension arrangement for
the uppermost slot (ES 3#).
The EXT-2U platform consists of the following slots:

Two slots (PS A and PS B) for installing two DC power supply modules or one AC power supply module

One slot (FS) for installing a fan module

Three slots (ES 1#, ES 2#, ES 3#) for accommodating expansion traffic card (Eslots)

The following table lists the modules supported in V4.0 that can be configured in each slot in the EXT-2U.
Table 4-2: EXT-2U modules
Name

INF_E2U

Applicable slots in EXT-2U


PS A

PS B

AC PS

ES 1#

ES 2#

ES 3#

FS

FCU_E2U
SM_10E

EM_10E

PE1_63

P345_3E

S1_4

S4_1

DHFE_12

DHFX_12

MXP10

OBC

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

ES 3# Extended

4-36

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

4.8.6 Installing an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U


The EXT-2U platform must have one Fan Control module (FCU_E2U) installed in the FCU slot, and is shipped
with the module already installed. The following procedure therefore describes replacing the module.
Figure 4-38: Installing an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U

This procedure is also applicable for replacing an operating FCU_E2U. To perform the replacement in the
shortest time, prepare the replacement FCU_E2U in advance by taking it out of its package and placing it
near the operating unit.

CAUTION:

To avoid traffic hit in an operating system, don't turn it off while replacing an
FCU_E2U. The system can operate without a fan unit for up to 4 minutes. Perform the
replacement in this time.

To install an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U:


1.

Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.

2.

Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.

3.

Hold the FCU_E2U module extractor and insert the rear end of the power module into the card
guides.

4.

Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the EXT-2U
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the
procedure.

5.

Secure the module in place by tightening the two screws with a screwdriver.

4.8.7 Installing Extension Cards in the EXT-2U


The EXT-2U is shipped with its Eslots covered by blank panels. Remove the corresponding cover to install an
extension card. Extension cards are installed according to the site installation plan
For a list of available extension cards and their technical descriptions, see the NPT Product Line Reference
Manual.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-37

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Figure 4-39: Installing an extension card in the EXT-2U

CAUTION: When installing a MPoE_12G card the total PoE power budget is up to 90 W.

To install an extension card in the EXT-2U platform:


1.

Identify the Eslot in which you want to install the extension card, according to the site installation
plan.

2.

Loosen the two screws on the Eslot cover and remove it.

3.

Check that the extension card has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the
antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.

4.

Remove the extension card from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to
detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.

5.

Hold the extension card handles and insert its rear end into the card guides.

6.

Push the extension card in until the front of the card is flush with the front of the EXT-2U platform. If
resistance is felt, pull the card out and repeat the procedure.

7.

Secure the card in place by fastening its two captive screws.

NOTE:

Extension cards support live insertion. They can be installed at any time without
affecting the existing traffic running on the NPT-1020 or EXT-2U.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-38

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

4.8.8 Installing a Power Module in the EXT-2U


The EXT-2U platform must have power modules installed in the power module slot. Two INF_E2Us can be
configured according to the site installation plan. The EXT-2U platform is always shipped with the power
module slot empty.
Figure 4-40: Installing a power module in the EXT-2U

To install a power module in the EXT-2U:


1.

Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic
protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.

2.

Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect
damage during shipping. Report any problems.

3.

Insert the rear end of the power module into the card guides.

4.

Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the EXT-2U
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the
procedure.

5.

Secure the module in place by tightening the two screws with a screwdriver.

4.8.9 Installing Traffic Modules in the SM_10E/EM_10E


The SM_10E/EM_10E consists of a base card and up to three traffic modules. For a list of available traffic
modules and their technical descriptions, see the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.
The SM_10E/EM_10E card is supplied without a traffic module installed; the corresponding slots are
covered by blank panels.
The following traffic modules are supported in the SM_10E/EM_10E:

SM_FXO_8E

SM_EM_24W6E

SM_V24E

SM_V35_V11

SM_CODIR_4E

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-39

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

SM_OMNI_E

SM_C37.94S

Installing Equipment

Figure 4-41: Installing traffic module in the SM_10E/EM_10E

To install a traffic module in the SM_10E/EM_10E card:


1.

Loosen the two screws fastening the blank panel to the SM_10E/EM_10E front, and remove it.

2.

Check that the traffic module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the
antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.

3.

Remove the traffic module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to
detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.

4.

Hold the traffic module handle and insert its rear end into the traffic module slot guides.

5.

Push the module in until the front of the module is flush with the front of the SM_10E/EM_10E. If
resistance is felt, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.

6.

Fasten the module in place with its two captive screws.

NOTE:

SM_10E/EM_10E modules support live insertion. They can be installed at any time
without affecting existing traffic running on the platform, including the SM_10E/EM_10E.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-40

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

4.9

Installing Equipment

Connecting Fibers and Cables to the NPT-1020


Shelf

In general, all electrical traffic cables, power cables, alarm cables, and data cables must be routed along the
sides of the rack. All optical fibers must be routed through the conduits running along the front supports of
the rack. Electrical traffic and other cables (DC, alarm, management, timing, and so on) must be routed
along the side of the rack, and held in place with cable ties.

4.9.1 Connecting Power Cables to a DC Power Source


Follow the procedure below to connect power cables to a DC power source.

To connect power cables:


1.

Route the power cables leading from the RAP along the side of the rack to the appropriate NPT-1020
and EXT-2U shelves.

NOTE: For further details about the RAP installation procedure, see Installing the RAP-BG and
Installing the RAP-4B. Installation of the EXT-2U is optional.
2.

Connect the end of the DC power cable from one source, terminating with a 3-pin D-type female
connector in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags, to the DC power connector
on one INF-B1U or INF_E2U.

3.

Connect the end of the DC power cable from the second source, terminating with a 3-pin D-type
female connector in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags, to the DC power
connector on the second INF-B1U or INF_E2U.

4.

If an INF-B1U-D module is installed in the NPT-1020 perform the DC power cable connections as
follows:

Connect the end of the DC power cable from one source, terminating with a 3-pin D-type female
connector in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags, to one DC power
connector on the INF-B1U-D.

Connect the end of the DC power cable from the second source, terminating with a 3-pin D-type
female connector in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags, to the second
DC power connector on the INF-B1U-D.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-41

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

4.9.2 Connecting an AC Power Cable to the NPT-1020


If the NPT-1020 is fed by an AC source it must be equipped with an AC_PS-B1U module. The connection of
the AC power is described below.

To connect an AC power source to the AC_PS-B1U:


1.

Insert the female 3-pin connector into the corresponding connector on the AC_PS-B1U.

2.

Connect the plug on the other end of the power cable into the local AC outlet.

4.9.3 Connecting Optical Fibers to Optical Modules


Before installing the NPT-1020 platform and modules, all optical fibers must be routed through the
conduits running along the front supports of the ECI recommended rack into the FST under the NPT-1020
platform being installed, and threaded into the FST. For more information, see Installing the Fiber Storage
Tray.
All optical fibers in the NPT-1020 platform are connected to the LC connectors on the optical SFP, XFP,
SFP+, or CSFP transceivers on the front panel of the modules.

CAUTION:

Make sure that all the optical connectors are closed at all times with the
appropriate protective caps or with the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective
cap until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding connector, and immediately install
a protective cap after a cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm. Sharp bending of fibers may degrade
the optical transmission characteristics.

To connect an optical fiber to an SFP module:


1.

Push the button on the front panel of the FST to open the latch and pull the FST out towards you.

2.

Slowly pull the end of the appropriate fiber to release enough fiber from the tray.

NOTE: The FST has two opening positions. The tray latches with a click at the halfway position.
If you cannot release the fiber in the halfway position, pull the tray again to open it fully.
3.

Thread the end of the fiber through the rack slots to the optical transceiver LC connector on the
designated module. Leave some slack to prevent stress.

4.

Thoroughly clean the connectors of the optical fibers using an approved cleaning kit.

5.

Remove the cover from the optical transceiver. Connect the fiber connector to the LC connector on
the optical transceiver.

6.

Repeat Steps 2 through 5 for all optical modules in the NPT-1020 platform.

7.

When you have completed the connection of all optical modules, gently push the FST back into the
rack until it clicks into place.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-42

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

4.9.4 Routing and Connecting Electrical Interface Cables to


the NPT-1020
Information in this section supplements that regarding the connection of power, alarm, and grounding
cables described in previous sections.
Connect the cables to the equipment connectors according to the information appearing in the relevant
cabling diagrams or tables. To identify the physical location of connectors, see the equipment panel figures
in the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.

4.9.4.1 Routing and Connecting E1 Cables for Balanced E1 Interfaces


E1 cables are used for connecting the balanced E1 (2 Mbps) interfaces on the PME1_21 panel. Each cable
consists of a total of 21 E1 twisted pairs (transmit and receive) supporting 21 E1s. The cable end connecting
to the PME1_21 module is terminated with a 100-pin SCSI male connector.

To connect E1 cables to the PME1_21:


1.

Arrange the E1 traffic cables and route them to the rack side rails.

2.

Pull each E1 cable down to the level of the NPT-1020 platform.

3.

Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate
opening near the platform until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use
cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.

4.

Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the PME1_21 module with the appropriate DDF
connections.

5.

Connect the cable connector to the corresponding connectors on the PME1_21 front panel.

6.

Secure the cable connector to the PME1_21 connector with the cable connector screws. Tighten the
screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade
screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.

CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector as this may
damage the PME1_21.

4.9.4.2 Routing and Connecting Cables to the E1 Interfaces on the


NPT-1020 Panel
The NPT-1020 has 21 x E1 interfaces on its front panel, connected through a 2 x 50-pin SCSI connector
marked E1 (1-21). The connection to these interfaces is made by a multipair cable (2 x 21 120 twisted
pairs) terminated with a 2 x 50-pin SCSI male connector (the other side of the cable is open and connected
to the customer's DDF).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-43

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To connect the multipair cable to the E1 interfaces on the NPT-1020:


1.

Arrange the E1 traffic cable and route it to the rack side rails.

2.

Pull the E1 cable down to the level of the NPT-1020 platform.

3.

Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate
opening near the platform until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use
cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.

4.

Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the NPT-1020's E1 connector with the appropriate DDF
connections.

5.

Connect the cable connector to the corresponding connector on the NPT-1020 front panel.

4.9.4.3 Routing and Connecting E1 Cables for Unbalanced E1 Interfaces


The PME1_21 can only provide balanced E1s directly. For unbalanced E1s, the xDDF-21 patch panels must
be installed with the NPT-1020. Each xDDF-21 provides balanced-to-unbalanced conversion for 21 E1s.
The cable between the PME1_21 and the xDDF-21 (supplied by ECI) consists of 21 E1 twisted pairs (transmit
and receive) supporting 21 balanced E1s. The cable end connecting to the PME1_21 is terminated with a
100-pin SCSI male connector. The cable end connecting to the xDDF-21 is terminated with two 50-pin SCSI
male connectors.

To connect E1 cables between the NPT-1020 and the xDDF-21:


1.

Arrange the E1 traffic cables and route them to the rack side rails.

2.

Pull the 100-pin SCSI end of the cable down to the level of the NPT-1020 platform.

3.

Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate
opening near the platform until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use
cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.

4.

Connect the cable connector to the E1 connectors on the front panel of the PME1_21 module.

5.

Secure the cable connector to the PME1_21 connectors with two cable connector screws. Tighten the
screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade
screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.

6.

Pull the 2 x 50-pin SCSI end of the cable to the level of the xDDF-21.

7.

Bend the cables and thread them through the side cable guides of the rack and through the
appropriate opening near the platform until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate
place. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.

8.

Connect the cable connector marked J1 to the 50-pin SCSI connector on the xDDF-21 panel marked
J1. Connect the cable connector marked J2 to the 50-pin SCSI connector on the xDDF-21 panel
marked J2.

9.

Secure the cable connectors to the xDDF-21 connectors with two cable connector screws for each
connector. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an
adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N
cm to 44 N cm.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-44

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector, as this may

damage the PME1_21.

To connect E1 cables between the xDDF-21 and the external DDF:

Coaxial cables are used for connecting unbalanced E1s between the xDDF-21 and the external DDF. A
pair of coaxial cables is used for each E1 and can be prepared on site. The cable end connecting to the
xDDF-21 is terminated with a DIN 1.0/2.3 connector. The connector on the other end of the cable
depends on the connector used in the external DDF. For the connection of coaxial cables, see Routing
and Connecting Coaxial Cables.

4.9.4.4 Traffic Cable for PME1_63


The PME1_63 has a special 272-pin VHDCI female connector for connecting to its 63 x E1 interfaces. A
special cable offered by ECI is used to make the connection.
The cable is constructed of three main parts:

Double 136-pin VHDCI male connector with three pairs of 30AWG cable tails

Conversion cable-size box

Three pairs of 26 AWG cables


Figure 4-42: PME1_63 traffic cable

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-45

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

The three 30 AWG cable pairs connect on one side to the double 136-pin VHDCI connector and on the other
side to the conversion box. The conversion box connects the three 30 AWG cable pairs and three pairs of 26
AWG cables, making the wire-size conversion. The 26AWG cables are connected at the other end to the
customer's DDF. Each cable in a pair is bonded to the other, shaping a figure-eight pattern.
Each pair of the 26 AWG cables carries 21 E1s, totaling 63 E1s. To facilitate identification of the E1 groups,
each cable pair is marked with color strips along its jacket according to the following key:

First pair, E1s Nos. 1 to 21 - red strips

Second pair, E1s Nos. 22 to 42 - blue strips

Third pair, E1s Nos. 43 to 63 - yellow strips

4.9.4.5 Routing and Connecting E1 Cables to the PME1_63


The PME1_63 has a 272-pin VHDCI female connector for connecting to its 63 x E1 interfaces. A special cable
offered by ECI is used to make the connection, see Traffic Cable for PME1_63. The connector on the cable
has a pin guide that must be inserted into the corresponding hole, to the lower left side of PME1_63
connector.
A cable guide and holder installed above the NPT platform helps route the special PME1_63 cables neatly.
This unit makes it possible keep the cable path the short route between the module on the platform and
the conversion box (on the cable).

To connect the PME1_63 traffic cable:


1.

Identify the pin guide on the traffic cable connector and the corresponding hole on the PME1_63 and
insert it.

2.

Gently push the cable connector into the corresponding PME1_63 connector. If resistance is felt
before the connectors mate, pull the connector out and repeat the procedure.

3.

Secure the connector in place by tightening its four captive screws.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-46

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Figure 4-43: PME1_63 traffic cable installation

To route the PME1_63 traffic cable:


1.

Bend the cables from the connector installed in the previous procedure towards the cable guide and
holder unit (see the preceding figure).

2.

Insert a Velcro strip into the corresponding holes in the cable guide, route the cables through the strip
and tighten the strip on the cables.

3.

Place the cable conversion box on the NPT platform.

4.

Route the 26AWG cables coming from the conversion box to the rack side rails and tighten them to
the rails with cable ties.

5.

Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the PME1_63 with the appropriate DDF connections.

4.9.4.6 Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables


Individual coaxial cables are used for connecting the interfaces located on the electrical STM-1 SFPs on the
XIO30_1 and the xDDF-21.
As part of the site preparations, suitable cables must be routed from the relevant DDF (if used) to the
intended rack location and connected to DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors. Cable length must be sufficient to routine
the cables to the appropriate level in the rack.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-47

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To connect individual coaxial traffic cables to the NPT-1020 or xDDF-21:


1.

Based on the site cabling diagram, arrange the coaxial cables in groups according to the designated
electrical interfaces and route them along the guides at the side of the rack to the appropriate
NPT-1020 or xDDF-21 unit.

2.

Cut excess cable length, if necessary.

3.

Connect the NPT-1020 or xDDF-21 end of the cables to DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors and the other end to
the relevant coaxial cable connector, crimping the cable as required.

4.

Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack so that the cable connector is
positioned at the level of the appropriate adapter. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to
the rack side rails.

5.

Connect the connector on the cable to the corresponding electrical connector on the NPT-1020 or
xDDF-21.

6.

Connect the connector on the other end of cable to the corresponding electrical connector on the
external DDF.

4.9.5 Routing and Connecting Data Interface Cables to


Ethernet Interfaces
Data cables with RJ-45 connectors are used for connecting FE interfaces on data modules and on the
NPT-1020platform.
As part of the site preparations, Category 5 or better cables must be routed from the relevant Ethernet DDF
(if used) to the intended rack location and connected to the RJ-45 connectors. Sufficient length must be
available to permit routing the cables to the appropriate level in the rack.

To connect data cables to an Ethernet interface:


1.

Based on the site cabling diagram, route the data cables along the guides at the side of the rack to the
appropriate NPT-1020 unit.

2.

Pull each data cable down to the level of the NPT-1020 unit.

3.

Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack so that the cable connector is
positioned at the level of the NPT-1020 unit. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack
side rails.

4.

Connect the RJ-45 connector on the cable to the corresponding connector on the data module or
NPT-1020 front panel.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-48

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

4.9.6 Routing and Connecting Electrical Cables for PCM


Interfaces
This section describes the connection of PCM interface electrical cables to the VDF and ICPs.

4.9.6.1 Routing and Connecting Electrical Cables for PCM Interfaces to


the VDF
Each type of SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module uses a SCSI-36 connector for its external interfaces. An
electrical cable with a SCSI-36 connector on one end and another end that is open is used to connect each
SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module to its corresponding Voice-Frequency Distribution Frame (VDF), if ICPs are
not installed.

To connect PCM traffic cables to the VDF:


1.

Arrange the PCM traffic cables and route them to the rack side rails.

2.

Pull each PCM traffic cable down to the level of the SM_10E/EM_10E card.

3.

Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate
opening near the shelf until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable
ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.

4.

Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connectors with the
appropriate VDF connections.

5.

Connect the cable connector to the corresponding connector on the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module
front panel.

CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector, as this may
damage the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module.
6.

Secure the cable connector to the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connector with the cable
connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use
an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size is 0.6). Set the tightening torque to
40 N cm to 44 N cm.

4.9.6.2 Routing and Connecting Electrical Cables for PCM Interfaces to


ICPs
To ease installation and connection to customer termination equipment, three types of ICPs were
developed. An electrical cable with SCSI-36 connectors on both sides is used to connect an ICP to its
corresponding SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module. The same cable is used for any type of ICP.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-49

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To connect PCM traffic cables to an ICP:


1.

Arrange the PCM traffic cables and route them to the rack side rails.

2.

Pull one end of each PCM traffic cable to the level of the SM_10E/EM_10E card.

3.

Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate
opening near the shelf until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable
ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.

4.

Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connectors with the
appropriate ICP connections.

5.

Connect the cable connector to the corresponding connector on the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module
front panel.

CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector, as this may
damage the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module.
6.

Secure the cable connector to the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connector with the cable
connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use
an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size is 0.6). Set the tightening torque to
40 N cm to 44 N cm.

7.

Pull the other end of each PCM traffic cable to the level of the ICP.

8.

Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate
opening near the ICP until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable
ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.

9.

Connect the cable connector to the SCSI-36 connector on the ICP front panel.

10.

Secure the cable connector to the connector marked as J1 on the ICP front panel with the cable
connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use
an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size is 0.6). Set the tightening torque to
40 N cm to 44 N cm.

CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector, as this may
damage the ICP.

4.9.6.3 Routing and Connecting Electrical Cables for ICPs


Connectors on the ICP_VF panel for external interfaces are RJ-45 connectors. Connectors on the ICP_V24
panel for external interfaces are 15-pin D-type connectors and 9-pin D-type connectors. Connectors on the
ICP_V35 panel for external interfaces are M34 connectors. For a detailed description of the ICPs, see the
NPT Product Line Reference Manual.
A VF cable is an electrical cable with an RJ-45 connector on one end and the other end open. Each cable has
six wires and can be used for one channel of the following types of interfaces:

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-50

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

FXO

FXS

2W

4W

2W E&M

4W E&M

Codirectional 64 Kbps

Installing Equipment

Different interface types can use different wires in this cable. Use the information in Connection Data to
identify the wires for each type of interface.

To connect VF cables to the ICP_VF:


1.

Route the VF cables along the side of the rack to the appropriate ICP_VF.

2.

Connect the free end of the cable, in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags, to
the RJ-45 connector on the ICP_VF front panel.

3.

Cut excess cable length, if necessary.

4.

Use the information in to identify the wires, according to the type of interface.

5.

Prepare the relevant connector on the other end, if necessary.

6.

Connect the other end according to site installation plan.

To connect V.24 cables to ICP_V24:


1.

Arrange the V.24 cables and route them to the rack side rails.

2.

Pull each V.24 cable to the level of the ICP_V24.

3.

Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate
opening near the shelf until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable
ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.

4.

Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the V.24 connectors with the appropriate connections
on the DDF or the customers termination equipment.

5.

Connect the cable connector to the corresponding connector on the ICP_V24 front panel.

CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector, as this may

damage the ICP.


6.

Secure the cable connector to the ICP_V24 connector with the cable connector screws. Tighten the
screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade
screwdriver (maximum blade size is 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.

7.

Prepare the relevant connector on the other end, if necessary.

8.

Connect the other end according to site installation plan.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-51

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To connect V.35 cables to the ICP_V35:


1.

Arrange the V.35 cables and route them to the rack side rails.

2.

Pull each V.35 cable to the level of the ICP_V35.

3.

Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate
opening near the shelf until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable
ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.

4.

Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the V.35 connectors with the appropriate connections
on the customers termination equipment.

5.

Connect the cable connector to the corresponding connector on the ICP_V35 front panel.

CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector, as this may
damage the ICP.
6.

Secure the cable connector to the ICP_V35 connector with the cable connector screws. Tighten the
screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade
screwdriver (maximum blade size is 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.

7.

Prepare the relevant connector on the other end, if necessary.

8.

Connect the other end according to site installation plan.

4.9.7 Connecting the Timing (Clock) Cable


The timing cable is connected to the T3/T4 RJ-45 connector on the NPT-1020.

To connect the timing cable to the NPT-1020:


1.

Route the timing cable along the side of the rack to the appropriate NPT-1020 platform.

2.

Connect the free end of the cable in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags to
the T3/T4 connector on the NPT-1020 front panel.

4.9.8 Connecting the TOD/1PPS Timing Cable


The TOD/1PPS timing cable is connected to the TOD/1PPS RJ-45 connector on the NPT-1020.

To connect the TOD/1PPS timing cable to the NPT-1020:


1.

Route the timing cable along the side of the rack to the appropriate NPT-1020 platform.

2.

Connect the free end of the cable in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags to
the TOD/1PPS connector on the NPT-1020 front panel.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-52

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.1

Overview

In addition to the regular installation of the NPT-1020 in different racks, ECI offers two options for
wall-mounted installations:

Wall-mounted cabinet

Wall-mounted frame

These options are ideal for installations in small businesses or home offices (SOHO).
The following sections provide detailed procedures for these installations.

5.2

Wall-Mounted Cabinet

The cabinet is 352 mm high, 600 mm wide, and 400 mm deep and has a transparent front door. It includes
a rear panel with four support rails to which two 19" vertical extrusions are fastened. The equipment and
cabling accessories are attached to these extrusions.
The side, top, and bottom covers can easily and quickly be removed, providing comfortable user-friendly
access to the interior for installation and management of all components.
Figure 5-1: Wall-mounted cabinet general view

The wall-mounted cabinet is shipped dismantled in a flat-pack packaging, saving up to 50 % of


transportation volume and facilitating delivery to the point of assembly.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-1

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

5.3

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

Installing the NPT-1020 in a Wall-Mounted


Cabinet

The installation of a NPT-1020 in a wall-mounted cabinet includes the following stages:


1.

Installing the wall-mounted cabinet rear panel

2.

Installing cabling accessories

3.

Installing the NPT-1020 platform and ancillary equipment (three DDFs or two DDFs and an AC CONV
unit)

4.

Connecting cables and fibers to the NPT-1020 platform and ancillary equipment

5.

Installing the wall-mounted cabinet covers and front door

5.4

Installing the Interior Components


Before you start:

Unpack the wall-mounted cabinet components and perform a visual inspection according to the
instructions in Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection.

DANGER: Safety cannot be guaranteed if shipping damage is evident! Shipping damage must

be reported to the shipping company and manufacturer immediately upon receipt.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-2

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

The wall-mounted cabinet interior components are shown in the following figure.
Figure 5-2: Wall-mounted cabinet interior components

5.4.1 Preparing the Rear Panel Holes


To prepare the rear panel holes:
1.

Identify the prescribed location of the rear panel on the wall.

NOTE: Make sure that the wall surface on which the cabinet is mounted is completely flat, so
that the front door opens and closes properly.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-3

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

2.

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

Place the enclosed drilling template on the prescribed position; align it at the desired height using a
bubble level and secure it to the wall.
Figure 5-3: Preparing the rear panel holes

3.

Drill four holes using the four upper holes in the template (the cabinet is 6U high).

NOTE: Use a drill of max. 8 mm.

DANGER: The operator is responsible for the secure mounting of the cabinet to the wall,
using appropriate installation materials.

The tools illustrated in the following figure are required for the installation (not supplied with the cabinet).
Figure 5-4: Tools required for cabinet installation

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-4

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.4.2 Installing the Rear Panel


DANGER: The operator is responsible for the secure mounting of the cabinet to the wall,
using appropriate installation materials.

NOTE: Use only the self-tapping screws, supplied with the cabinet.

To install the rear panel:


1.

Place the rear panel on the drilled holes and align it correctly so that it is flat. Place support beneath
as required.

2.

Attach the panel to the wall and fasten with four screws.
Figure 5-5: Installing the rear panel

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-5

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.4.3 Attaching the Support Rails


The rear panel has four holes for attaching support rails.

To attach the support rails:


1.

Identify the four holes in the rear panel for the support rails (see the following figure).
Figure 5-6: Installing the support rails

2.

Attach a support rail to the rear panel and fasten with a hex screw using an appropriate hex wrench.

3.

Repeat Step 2 for the other three support rails.

5.4.4 Installing the 19" Vertical Extrusions


Two 19" vertical extrusions are attached to the support rails for the installation of equipment and
accessories.

To install the 19" vertical extrusions:


1.

Place the extrusion at a distance of 104 mm (approx.) from the support rail edge.
Figure 5-7: Installing the 19" vertical extrusions

2.

Attach the extrusion to the upper and lower support rails with two hex screws.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-6

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

3.

Fasten the extrusion with the screws using a hex wrench.

4.

Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for the second extrusion.

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.4.5 Installing the C-Rail


A C-rail (so called because of its C shape) is attached to the upper side of the rear panel. The C-Rail helps
support various cabling accessories.

To install the C-rail:


1.

Identify the two holes for mounting the C-rail on the rear panel.

2.

Place the C-rail on the rear panel. Insert a flat washer and a hex screw in the appropriate hole and
fasten the C-rail.
Figure 5-8: Installing the C-rail

3.

Repeat Step 2 for the second hole of the C-rail.

5.5

Installing Cabling Accessories

Several accessories are installed inside the cabinet to facilitate cable and fiber routing and to ground it.
They include:

Cable guides

Cable clamping bars

Fiber optic protective tube

Grounding cables

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-7

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

Figure 5-9: Cabling accessories installed in the cabinet

5.5.1 Installing Cable Guides


Cable guides are installed on both sides of the vertical extrusions and help route cables neatly in the
cabinet.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-8

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

Before you start:


Identify the cable guide with its components according to the following figure; the cable guide has an
installation bracket attached.
Figure 5-10: Cabling accessories

To install the cable guides:


1.

Align the cable guide on the side of the extrusion to an approx. height of 178 mm from the lower
support rail (see the figure Cabling accessories).

2.

Attach the cable guide to the vertical extrusion with two screws, flat washers, sprig washers and nuts,
in the order shown in the figure Cabling accessories.

3.

Fasten the cable guide to the extrusion.

4.

Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for the second cable guide.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-9

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.5.2 Attaching Cable Clamping Bars


Two cable clamping bars are attached to the C-rail. They help route cables neatly in the cabinet.

To attach the cable clamping bars:


1.

Identify the cable clamping bar according to the figure Cabling accessories.

2.

Attach the clamping bar on the left side of the C-rail by snapping it on the rail.

3.

Attach the second clamping bar on the right side of the C-rail.

5.5.3 Attaching the Fiber Guide Tube


The fiber guide tube facilitates fiber routing in the cabinet. It is attached to the right vertical extrusion, the
right cable guide, and the right clamping bar.

To attach the fiber guide tube:


1.

Identify the fiber guide tube attachment points according to the figure Cabling accessories installed in
the cabinet.

2.

Attach one end of the fiber guide tube with a cable tie to the right extrusion at a height of approx. 90
mm from the right lower support rail (see the figure Cabling accessories installed in the cabinet).

3.

Shape the tube as shown in the figure Cabling accessories, and attach it to the right cable guide (near
the rear panel) with a cable tie.

4.

Attach the other end of the tube to the right clamping bar with a cable tie.

5.5.4 Installing Grounding Cables


Five grounding cables must be installed in the wall-mounted cabinet. At one end the cables are attached to
the support rails as described in the following procedure. The other end of the cables is connected to the
cabinet covers and door during their installation as described in Installing the wall-mounted cabinet covers
and door.

To install grounding cables:


1.

Identify the attachment points of the five grounding cables according to the figure Cabling
accessories.

2.

Connect the round terminal lug of a grounding cable to the left lower support rail outer hole (near the
rear panel) with a hex self-tapping screw; fasten the cable to the support rail using a hex wrench.

3.

Repeat Step 2 to connect four more grounding cables to the following points:

Left lower support rail inner hole, near the rear panel.

Left upper support rail inner hole, near the rear panel.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-10

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Right lower support rail outer hole, near the rear panel.

Right upper support rail inner hole, near the front.

5.6

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

DDF 21 E1s Unit

The DDF unit supports connection of up to 21 E1 lines. The terminal blocks connect the equipment side and
the customer's E1 interfaces. The unit is 1U high and can be installed in ETSI or 19" racks using reversible
brackets.
The DDF is equipped with five connection blocks, each supporting connection of five full E1 lines (transmit
and receive). The block can also be wired to serve only transmit or receive lines (total ten lines).
The rear side of the DDF tray includes a cable tie comb that facilitates cable wiring. In addition, several
cable retainers on the DDF tray help keep wire routing and connection neat.
The connection blocks are attached to bushings located in front of the DDF tray.
Figure 5-11: DDF general view

5.6.1 Assembling the DDF


The DDF comes dismantled and must be assembled in the field. Assembling includes the following steps:
1.

Installing the reversible mounting brackets

2.

Attaching the connection blocks

5.6.1.1 Installing Mounting Brackets


The DDF has reversible brackets that by default are assembled for 19" rack installation. If your installation is
in a 19" rack, skip this procedure.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-11

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

To attach the brackets for ETSI installation:


1.

Unscrew the six M2.5 x 6 screws (three on each side) attaching the brackets to the DDF tray. Keep the
screws for the next steps.
Figure 5-12: Installing the brackets for ETSI installation

2.

Rotate the bracket to the ETSI position; in this position the longer part of the bracket is attached to
the tray.

3.

Use three M2.5 x 6 screws removed in Step 1 to attach the bracket to the DDF tray.

4.

Fasten the bracket to the DDF.

5.

Repeat Steps 2 to 4 for the second bracket.

5.6.1.2 Attaching Connection Blocks


Five connection blocks are attached to the DDF tray. Two blocks are attached to each bushing pair except
for the leftmost pair, to which one block is attached.
Each block is equipped with a labeling cover that protects the contacts and helps identify the wire
connections for maintenance and repair purposes.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-12

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

To attach the connection blocks:


1.

Place the block in front of the corresponding DDF bushing pair as shown in the following figure.
Figure 5-13: Attaching the connection blocks

2.

Push the block on the bushings to snap it on.

3.

Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to attach the other four connection blocks.

5.6.2 Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF


The DDF terminal blocks connect the wires from the equipment and the wires from the customer
interfaces. The E1 cables from the equipment are routed to the rear part of the DDF and passed to the
connection blocks. The cables from the customer E1 interfaces are routed to the sides of the DDF and
connect to the corresponding blocks.
The following sections describe the connection of the equipment and the customer lines to the DDF.

5.6.2.1 Connecting Equipment Cables


The cables from the equipment are routed to the rear of the DDF tray. The tray has a cable support comb to
facilitate cable routing.

To connect an equipment E1 cable:


1.

Route the E1 cable from the equipment to the rear part of the DDF.

2.

Remove the outer cable jacket, as required, to expose the wire pairs.

3.

Use cable ties as needed to attach the cable edge to the cable holder comb.

4.

Route the wire pairs through the plastic frame (at the rear of the block).

5.

Connect each pair to the corresponding block contacts according to the wiring diagram.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-13

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.6.2.2 Connecting Customer Cables


Cables from the customer interfaces are routed to the sides of the DDF tray. The tray has cable retainers to
help route customer cables neatly.

To connect a customer E1 cable:


1.

Route the E1 cable from the customer's facility to the left or right side of the DDF tray according to
the position of the corresponding block.

2.

Remove the outer cable jacket, as required, to expose the wire pairs.

3.

Use cable ties as required to attach the cable edge to the cable retainers.

4.

Route the wire pairs through the plastic frame (at the rear of the block).

5.

Connect each pair to the corresponding block contacts according to the wiring diagram.

5.7

Installing the NPT-1020 and Three DDFs

In this configuration the NPT-1020 and three DDF units are installed in the cabinet. Installation includes the
following steps:
1.

Installing clip nuts

2.

Installing the NPT-1020

3.

Installing three DDFs


Figure 5-14: Installing an NPT-1020 platform and three DDFs

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-14

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.7.1 Installing Clip Nuts for the NPT and DDFs


Sixteen clip nuts, eight on each side, are attached to the two vertical extrusions to support the NPT-1020
and DDFs.

To install the clip nuts:


1.

Identify the locations of the clip nuts according to the following figure: the numbers refer to the
distance in mm of the clip nuts from the lowest hole (0 mm).

2.

Place a clip nut in the required place at the rear side of the hole in the right vertical extrusion, and
push to snap it in.
Figure 5-15: Clip nuts distance in mm (NPT-1020 and three DDFs)

3.

Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other seven clip nuts on the right vertical extrusion.

4.

Repeat Steps 1 to 3 to install eight clip nuts on the left vertical extrusion.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-15

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.7.2 Installing the NPT-1020 Platform


The NPT-1020 platform is installed at the bottom of the cabinet.

To install the NPT-1020 platform:


1.

Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1020 in the cabinet according to the figure in the topic
Installing the NPT-1020 and Three DDFs.

2.

Place the NPT-1020 platform in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it
temporarily in place.

3.

Fasten the platform to the vertical extrusion with four M6 screws and flat washers.

5.7.3 Installing the DDFs


The DDFs are installed above the NPT-1020 in the cabinet.

To install the DDFs:


1.

Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the cabinet according to the figure in the topic Installing
the NPT-1020 and Three DDFs.

2.

Place the DDF in the prescribed position, and then fasten it to the vertical extrusions with four M6
screws and flat washers.

3.

Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other two DDFs.

5.8

Installing the NPT-1020, Two DDFs, and an AC


CONV Unit

In this configuration, the NPT-1020, two DDFs, and an AC CONV unit are installed in the cabinet. Installation
includes the following steps:
1.

Installing clip nuts

2.

Installing the NPT-1020

3.

Installing two DDFs

4.

Installing the AC CONV unit

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-16

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.8.1 Installing Clip Nuts for the NPT-1020, DDFs, and AC


CONV Unit
Sixteen clip nuts, eight on each side, are attached to the two vertical extrusions to support the NPT-1020,
DDFs, and AC CONV unit installation.

To install the clip nuts:


1.

Identify the locations of the clip nuts according to the following figure. The numbers refer to the
distance in mm of the clip nuts from the lowest hole (0 mm).

2.

Place a clip nut in the required place at the rear side of the hole in the right vertical extrusion, and
push it to snap in.
Figure 5-16: Clip nuts distance in mm (NPT-1020, two DDFs, AC CONV unit)

3.

Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other seven clip nuts on the right vertical extrusion.

4.

Repeat Steps 1 to 3 to install eight clip nuts on the left vertical extrusion.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-17

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.8.2 Installing the NPT-1020 Platform


The NPT-1020 platform is installed at the bottom of the cabinet.

To install the NPT-1020 platform:


1.

Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1020 in the cabinet according to the figure in the topic
Installing the NPT-1020, Two DDFs, and an AC CONV Unit.

2.

Place the NPT-1020 platform in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it
temporarily in place.

3.

Fasten the platform to the vertical extrusion with four M6 screws and flat washers.

5.8.3 Installing DDFs


The DDFs are installed above the NPT-1020 in the cabinet.

To install the DDFs:


1.

Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the cabinet according to the figure in the topic Installing
the NPT-1020, Two DDFs, and an AC CONV Unit.

2.

Place the DDF in the prescribed position and fasten it to the vertical extrusions with four M6 screws
and flat washers.

3.

Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the second DDF.

5.8.4 Installing the AC CONV Unit


The AC CONV unit is installed in the upper position of the wall-mounted cabinet.

To install the AC CONV unit:


1.

Identify the prescribed position of the AC CONV unit in the cabinet according to the figure in the topic
Installing the NPT-1020, Two DDFs, and an AC CONV Unit.

2.

Place the AC CONV unit in the prescribed position and fasten it to the vertical extrusions with four M6
screws and flat washers.

5.9

Connecting Cabinet Grounding

The cabinet must be connected to the site grounding bar with a ground cable according to ETSI
recommendations.
The cabinet is supplied with a main grounding bolt welded to it. The grounding stud is identified by the
ground symbol label.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-18

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

The bolt must be free of paint. The cabinet grounding bolt must be connected to the site grounding bar by
a grounding cable with a cross section of the same size as the power feeding cable or thicker, as short as
possible, in compliance with UL/ETSI recommendations. ECI recommends using a grounding cable of 12
AWG to 16 AWG. The cable must be made of copper strands with a green/yellow jacket and terminated on
both sides with bolt terminals.

To ground the cabinet:


1.

Unscrew the nut and spring washer from the grounding bolt (M8 size) in the cabinet. The grounding
bolt is marked L2 as shown in the figure Connecting grounding cables.

2.

Connect the grounding cable from the site grounding (terminated with an M8 lug) to the grounding
bolt.

3.

Attach the grounding cable with the nut and spring washer removed in Step 1, and fasten the cable to
the bolt.

5.10 Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in


the Cabinet
In general, all electrical traffic cables, power cables, alarm cables, and data cables must be routed in the
space beneath the NPT-1020 platform and the cabinet floor. All optical fibers are routed through the
flexible tube attached to the right side of the cabinet. The side to which the cables are passed is
determined by the side of the connectors on the NPT-1020 front panel. For instance, power connectors are
on the left side of the NPT-1020, so the power cables are routed on the left side beneath the platform. The
cables are then attached to the cable guide on the left side of the cabinet with cable ties.
When routing the various types of cables, several principles must be observed to avoid electromagnetic and
RF interference:

Traffic cables must not be routed in the same route as power cables.

Optical fibers must always be routed through the special flexible tube only.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-19

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

The following sections provide detailed descriptions of cable and fiber connection and routing.
Figure 5-17: Wall-mounted cabinet cabling

5.10.1 Connecting Power Cables


The power cables are connected to the corresponding connectors on the NPT-1020 platform.

NOTE: To facilitate power cable routing, it is recommended to start from the NPT-1020
platform towards the power source.
To connect power cables:
1.

Connect the connector at the end of the power cable to the power connector on the NPT-1020, and
fasten it with its two screws.

2.

Grasp the connector at the other end of the power cable, and thread it through the space beneath
the platform.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-20

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

Figure 5-18: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing front view

3.

Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the second power cable to be connected to the corresponding connector on
the platform.

4.

Bend the cables and thread them through the left cable guide of the cabinet.

5.

Route the cable near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.

6.

Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the cable guide and to the cable clamp.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-21

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

Figure 5-19: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing left side view

7.

Route the cables through the opening in the top cover.

8.

Connect the free ends of the power cables in accordance with the cabinet installation plan and the
cable tags to the DC power connectors on the power source.

5.10.2 Connecting Alarm Cables


The alarm cable is connected to the corresponding ALARMS connector on the NPT-1020.

To connect the alarm cable:


1.

Connect the connector of the alarm cable, in accordance with the frame installation plan and the
cable tags, to the ALARMS connector on the NPT-1020.

2.

Secure the cable connector to the ALARMS connector with the cable connector screws. Tighten the
screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade
screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.

3.

Bend the cable and route it above the NPT-1020 and through to the left side cable guide.

4.

Route the cable near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.

5.

Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cable holder and to the cable clamp.

6.

Route the cables through the opening in the top cover.

7.

Connect the free ends of the alarm cable in to the customer's facility accordance with the cabinet
installation plan and the cable tags.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-22

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.10.3 Connecting Optical Fibers


All optical fibers in the NPT-1020 platform are connected to the LC connectors on the SFP/XFP transceivers.
Optical fibers must be routed through the flexible tube attached to the right side of the cabinet.

Before you start:


CAUTION:

Make sure that all the optical connectors are closed at all times with the
appropriate protective caps or with the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective
cap until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding connector, and immediately install
a protective cap after a cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm. Sharp bending of fibers may degrade
the optical transmission characteristics.

To connect an optical fiber to a NPT-1020 module/card:


1.

Insert the end of the fiber into the upper end of the flexible tube and pull it at the lower end, near the
NPT-1020.

2.

Bring the end of the fiber to the LC connector on the designated module/card. Leave some slack to
prevent stress.

3.

Thoroughly clean the connectors of the optical fibers, using an approved cleaning kit.

4.

Remove the cover from the module/card connector and connect the fiber connector to it.

5.

Repeat Steps 1 through 4 for all optical fibers to be connected to NPT-1020 modules/cards.

5.10.4 Routing and Connecting Electrical Traffic Cables


Multipair cables are used to connect to the balanced E1 (2 Mbps) interfaces located on E1 modules
installed in the NPT-1020.
Each cable consists of a total of 21 E1 twisted pairs per cable (transmit or receive). The cable end
connecting to the E1 module is terminated with an appropriate male connector.

To connect multipair cables:


1.

Bring the cable connector against the appropriate slot and connect the cable connector to the
corresponding module.

2.

Secure the cable connector to the module connector with the two cable connector screws. Tighten
the screws manually; if the screws cannot be reached with your bare hand, use an adjustable-torque
flatblade screwdriver.

3.

Bend the cables and thread them through the left side cable guide of the cabinet.

4.

Route the cables near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-23

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

NOTE: The cable route described above assumes that the E1 module is installed on the left

side in the NPT-1020. If it is installed on the right side, perform the same procedural steps but
on the cabinet's right side.
5.

Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the cable guide and to the cable clamp.

6.

Use a cabling diagram of the cabinet (or site) to associate module connectors with the appropriate
DDF connections. Cut excess cable length if necessary.

7.

If the DDF is installed in the frame, see Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF for connecting the E1 cables
to the DDF wiring blocks.

5.10.5 Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables


Individual coaxial cables are used to connect to the interfaces located on E3/DS-3 and electrical STM-1
modules.
As part of site preparations, suitable cables must be routed from the relevant High Rate DDF (if used) to the
intended cabinet location and connected to the coaxial cables with DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors. Leave sufficient
length to permit routing the cables to the appropriate level in the cabinet.

To connect coaxial traffic cables to E3/DS-3 or STM-1 modules:


1.

Pull each coaxial cable to the level of the corresponding electrical connection module.

2.

Connect the DIN 1.0/2.3 connector on the cable to the corresponding connector on the module.

3.

Based on the cabinet (or site) cabling diagram, arrange the coaxial cables in groups according to the
designated module and route them along the left side of the cabinet.

4.

Bend the cables and thread them through the left side cable guide of the cabinet.

5.

Route the cables near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.

NOTE: The cable route described above assumes that the E3/DS-3 or electrical STM-1 module

is installed on the left side of the NPT-1020. If it is installed on the right side, perform the
same procedural steps but on the cabinet's right side.
6.

Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cable guide and to the cable clamp.

7.

Cut excess cable length if necessary.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-24

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.10.6 Connecting Timing (Clock) Cables


Timing cables are connected to the T3/T4 connector of the NPT-1020 platform.

To connect a timing cable to the NPT-1020 platform:


1.

Route the timing cables along the side of the cabinet.

2.

Pull the cable down to the level of the T3/T4 connector and bend it until the cable connector is
positioned against the timing connector.

3.

Connect the free end of the cable in accordance with the cabinet installation plan and the cable tags
to connector T3/T4 on the platform.

4.

Secure each cable connector using its two screws.

5.

Bend the cable and thread it through the right side cable guide of the cabinet.

6.

Route the cables near the right cable clamp on the C-rail.

7.

Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cabinet cable guide and cable clamp.

5.10.7 Connecting Management Cables


Management cables are connected to the RJ-45 connectors designated MNG on the NPT-1020 platform.
Each cable is terminated with an RJ-45 plug.

To connect management cables to the NPT-1020 platform:


1.

Bring the cable plug against the appropriate connector on the NPT-1020.

2.

Connect the management station cable to the MNG connector of the platform in accordance with the
frame installation plan and the cable tags.

3.

Thread the cable through the space above the NPT-1020 and the left side of the cabinet.

4.

Bend the cable and thread it through the left side cable guide of the cabinet.

5.

Route the cables near the right cable clamp on the C-rail.

6.

Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cabinet cable guide and cable clamp.

5.11 Connecting Fibers and Cables to the NPT-1020


in Wall-Mounted Cabinet
In general, all electrical traffic cables, power cables, alarm cables, and data cables should be routed along
the sides of the wall-mounted cabinet. All optical fibers must be routed through the fiber guide tube.
Electrical traffic and other cables (DC, alarm, management, timing, and so on) must be routed along the
side of the cabinet, and held in place with cable ties.
Use detailed practices described in the NPT-1020 Installation Manual for performing the cables routing and
connections.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-25

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

In general the electrical traffic cables should not be routed in the same route as power cables. The power
connectors on the NPT-1020 are on the left; therefore they should be routed from the left side of the
NPT-1020 pass in the space between the NPT-1020 and the unit installed above it. Then the cable should be
passed through the left cable guide, routed up to the left cable clamp bar and attached to it with cable ties.
It should then be passed upward to the openings in the top cover of the cabinet to the outer world.
In a similar way, cable connected to connector on the right side of the NPT-1020, for instance T3/T4 (clock)
cable should be routed from the right side of the NPT-1020 in the space between the unit and the unit
installed above it. Then the cable should be passed through the right cable guide, routed up to the right
cable clamp bar and attached to it with cable ties.
The route of fibers connected to the NPT-1020 should always pass through the fiber protection tube. This
means that the fiber should be inserted in the tube and come out from its other side from there it should
be routed upward to the opening in the top cover of the cabinet.

5.12 Installing the Wall-Mounted Cabinet Covers


and Door
After completing the equipment installation and cabling, you are ready to install the cabinet covers and
door. After each cover is installed, a grounding cable is attached to it.

5.12.1 Installing the Top and Bottom Covers


To install the bottom cover:
1.

Slide the bottom cover into place while inserting the two protrusions on the cover into the opposite
housing on the rear panel (marked F1 in the following figure).
Figure 5-20: Installing top and bottom covers

2.

Fasten the bottom cover to the lower support rails with four self-tapping screws (F2) (two on each
side).

3.

Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the bottom cover (see the following figure).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-26

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

Figure 5-21: Connecting grounding cables

To install the top cover:


1.

Slide the top cover while inserting the two protrusions on the cover into the opposite housing on the
rear panel (see the figure Installing top and bottom covers).

2.

Fasten the top cover to the upper support rails with four self-tapping screws (F2) (two on each side).

3.

Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the top cover.

5.12.2 Installing the Side Covers


To install the right side cover:
1.

Slide the right side cover into place while inserting the two protrusions on the cover into the opposite
housing on the rear panel (marked J1 in the following figure).
Figure 5-22: Installing side covers

2.

Fasten the right side cover to the top and bottom covers with two Phillips screws (J2), one on each
side.

3.

Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the right side cover (see the following figure).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-27

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

Figure 5-23: Connecting grounding cables

To install the left side cover:


1.

Slide the left side cover into place while inserting the two protrusions on the cover into the opposite
housing on the rear panel (see the figure Installing side covers).

2.

Fasten the left side cover to the top and bottom covers with two Phillips screws (J2), one on each
side.

3.

Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the left side cover.

5.12.3 Installing the Front Door


To install the front door:
1.

Slide the door upper hinge into the corresponding slot in the top cover (see the following figure).
Figure 5-24: Installing the front door

2.

Align the door lower hinge into the corresponding slot in the bottom cover.

3.

Adjust the door to open and close freely.

4.

Fasten the upper and lower hex screws with a hex wrench.

5.

Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the door (see the following figure).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-28

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

Figure 5-25: Connecting the door grounding cable

5.13 Wall-Mounted Frame


The wall-mounted frame is another option for installing the NPT-1020 and accessories in SOHO.
The wall-mounted frame is 300 mm high, 600 mm wide, and 350 mm deep. The front transparent cover
protects the NPT-1020 traffic and fiber cables against unintended disconnection or bending.

5.14 Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame


Wall-mounted frame installation includes the following steps:
1.

Installing the cable supports

2.

Installing the fiber guide tube

3.

Preparing the frame installation holes

4.

Installing the frame

5.14.1 Installing Cable Supports


Four cable supports are installed in the wall-mounted frame, two on each side. To facilitate installation,
install the cable supports in the frame before attaching the frame to the wall.

To install the cable supports in the frame:


1.

Identify the cable supports according to the following figure; use this figure as reference in the
following steps.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-29

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

Figure 5-26: Wall-mounted frame installation

The lower cable support is attached to the frame side in holes 5 and 8 from the bottom as shown in
the figure above.
2.

Attach the lower cable support to the frame with four M3 Phill. screws, spring washers, and flat
washers.

3.

Fasten the cable support to the frame.

4.

Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for attaching the upper cable support to the frame. (The upper cable support is
attached to the frame side in holes 5 and 8 from the top as shown in the figure above.)

5.

Repeat Steps 1 to 4 for installing two cable supports on the other side of the frame.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-30

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.14.2 Attaching the Fiber Guide Tube


The fiber guide tube facilitates fiber routing in the frame. It is attached to the right side of the frame and
fastened to the cable supports.

To attach the fiber guide tube:


1.

Identify the fiber guide tube attachment points according to the following figure.
Figure 5-27: Attaching the fiber guide tube

2.

Attach one end of the fiber guide tube with a cable tie to the lower cable support near the front of
the frame.

3.

Shape the tube as shown in the figure, and attach it to the lower cable support (near the rear of the
frame) with a cable tie.

4.

Attach the tube to the upper cable support (near the rear of the frame) with a cable tie.

5.14.3 Preparing Installation Holes


The wall-mounted frame needs four installation holes.

To prepare the installation holes:


1.

Place the wall-mounted frame on the prescribed location on the wall. Make sure that the wall surface
is flat and even.

2.

Use the frame as a template and mark the required holes through the frame.
You can use the dimensions (in mm) in the following figure as reference.

3.

Drill four holes in the wall according to the markings.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-31

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.14.4 Attaching the Wall-Mounted Frame


DANGER: The

operator is responsible for the secure mounting of the frame to the wall,
using appropriate installation practice and materials.

To attach the wall-mounted frame:


1.

Place the frame on the drilled holes and align it flat. Place support beneath as required.

2.

Attach the frame to the wall and fasten it with four screws.

5.15 Installing the NPT-1020 and Accessories in the


Wall-Mounted Frame
ECI offers four configurations for installing the NPT-1020 and various accessories in the wall-mounted
frame. You can select the most suitable configuration according to your application.
The configurations are:

NPT-1020 and three DDFs (option 1)

NPT-1020, a DDF, and a RAP-BG (option 2)

NPT-1020, a DDF, and an AC/DC CONV unit (option 4)

NPT-1020 and a DDF (option 5)

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-32

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.15.1 Installing the NPT-1020 and Three DDFs (Option 1)


Figure 5-28: Installing a NPT-1020 and three DDFs

To install the NPT-1020:


1.

Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1020 in the wall-mounted frame.

2.

Attach the NPT-1020 to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.

3.

Fasten the NPT-1020 to the frame.

To install the three DDFs:


1.

Identify the prescribed position of the lower DDF in the wall-mounted frame.

2.

Attach the DDF to the frame using four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.

3.

Fasten the DDF to the frame.

4.

Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for installing the other two DDFs.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-33

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.15.2 Installing the NPT-1020, a DDF, and a RAP-BG (Option


2)
To install the NPT-1020:
1.

Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1020 in the wall-mounted frame.

2.

Attach the NPT-1020 to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.

3.

Fasten the NPT-1020 to the frame.

To install the DDF:


1.

Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the wall-mounted frame.

2.

Attach the DDF to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.

3.

Fasten the DDF to the frame.

To install the RAP-BG:


1.

Identify the prescribed position of the RAP-BG in the wall-mounted frame.

2.

Attach the RAP-BG to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.

3.

Fasten the RAP-BG to the frame.

5.15.3 Installing the NPT-1020, a DDF, and an AC/DC CONV


(Option 4)
To install the NPT-1020:
1.

Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1020 in the wall-mounted frame.

2.

Attach the NPT-1020 to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.

3.

Fasten the NPT-1020 to the frame.

To install the DDF:


1.

Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the wall-mounted frame.

2.

Attach the DDF to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.

3.

Fasten the DDF to the frame.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-34

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

To install the AC/DC CONV:


1.

Identify the prescribed position of the AC/DC CONV in the wall-mounted frame.

2.

Attach the AC/DC CONV to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.

3.

Fasten the AC/DC CONV to the frame.

5.15.4 Installing the NPT-1020 and a DDF (Option 5)


To install the NPT-1020:
1.

Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1020 in the wall-mounted frame.

2.

Attach the NPT-1020 to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.

3.

Fasten the NPT-1020 to the frame.

To install the DDF:


1.

Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the wall-mounted frame.

2.

Attach the DDF to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.

3.

Fasten the DDF to the frame.

5.16 Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame Front


Cover
The transparent cover protects the NPT-1020 traffic and fiber cables against unintended disconnection or
bending. The cover is attached to four holders on the frame's front side.
The installation of the cover includes the following steps:
1.

Installing the cover holders

2.

Attaching the transparent cover

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-35

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.16.1 Installing the Cover Holders


Four holders are installed in front of the wall-mounted frame.

To install the cover holders:


1.

Identify the cover holder positions on the frame according to the following figure.
Figure 5-29: Installing the front cover

2.

Insert a holder into the left upper groove on the frame and attach it with an M4 Phill. screw, spring
washer, and flat washer.

3.

Fasten the holder to the frame.

4.

Repeat Steps 2 and 3 to attach a holder to the left lower side of the frame.

5.

Repeat Steps 2 to 4 to install two holders on the right side of the frame.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-36

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.16.2 Attaching the Transparent Protection Cover


NOTE:

The protection cover is attached in place only after all cabling functions of the
NPT-1020 and the other equipment, described in Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in
the Frame, have been completed.

To attach the protection cover:


1.

Identify the cover and the four latch pins according to the figure Installing the front cover.

2.

Insert a latch pin into each corner hole in the cover.

3.

Attach the cover to the holders by inserting the pins into the corresponding holes in the holders.

4.

Push the pin latches into the holders to lock them in place.

5.17 Connecting Wall-Mounted Frame Grounding


The frame must be connected to the site grounding bar with a grounding cable according to ETSI
recommendations.
The frame is supplied with a main grounding bolt welded on the right installation bracket. The grounding
stud is identified on the frame by the ground symbol label.
The bolt must be free of paint and connected to the site grounding bar by a grounding cable with a cross
section of the same size as the power feeding cable or thicker, as short as possible, in compliance with
UL/ETSI recommendations. ECI recommends using a grounding cable of 12 AWG to 16 AWG made of
copper strands, with a green/yellow jacket and terminated on both sides with bolt terminals.

To ground the wall-mounted frame:


1.

Unscrew the nut and spring washer from the grounding bolt (M6 size) in the frame. The grounding
bolt is shown in the figure Routing and connecting cable and fibers in the wall-mounted frame.

2.

Connect the grounding cable from the site grounding, terminated with an M6 lug, to the grounding
bolt.

3.

Attach the grounding cable with the nut and spring washer removed in Step 1, and fasten the cable to
the bolt.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-37

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.18 Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in


the Frame
In general, all electrical traffic cables, power cables, alarm cables, and data cables are routed in the space
beneath the NPT-1020 platform and the frame floor. All optical fibers should be routed through the flexible
tube attached to the right side of the wall-mounted frame. The side to which the cables are passed is
determined by the side of the connectors on the NPT-1020 front panel. For instance, power connectors are
on the left side of the NPT-1020, so power cables are routed on the left side beneath the platform. The
cables are then attached to the cable supports on the left side of the frame with cable ties.
When routing the various types of cables, observe these principles to avoid electromagnetic and RF
interference:

Traffic cables must not be routed in the same route as power cables.

Optical fibers must be routed through the special flexible tube only.
Figure 5-30: Routing and connecting cables and fibers in the wall-mounted frame

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-38

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.18.1 Connecting Power Cables


The power cables are connected to the corresponding connectors on the NPT-1020 platform.

NOTE:

To facilitate power cable routing, it is recommended to start from the NPT-1020


platform towards the power source.

To connect a power cable:


1.

Connect the connector at the end of the power cable to the power connector of the NPT-1020 and
fasten it with its two screws.

2.

Grasp the connector at the other end of the power cable and thread it through the space between
the platform and the frame.

3.

Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the second power cable to be connected to the corresponding connector on
the platform.

4.

Bend the cables and route them adjacent to the left side cable supports. Pull the cables until the cable
connectors are positioned against the appropriate connectors on the power source. See the following
figure for reference.
Figure 5-31: Wall-mounted frame cable routing - left side view

5.

Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the cable supports.

6.

Connect the free ends of the power cables in accordance with the frame installation plan and the
cable tags to the DC power connectors on the power source.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-39

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.18.2 Connecting Alarm Cables


The alarm cable is connected to the corresponding ALARMS connector on the NPT-1020.

To connect the alarm cable:


1.

Connect the connector of the alarm cable, in accordance with the frame installation plan and the
cable tags, to the ALARMS connector on the NPT-1020.

2.

Secure the cable connector to the ALARMS connector with the cable connector screws. Tighten the
screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade
screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.

3.

Bend the cable and route it above the NPT-1020 and adjacent to the left side cable supports.

4.

Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cable supports.

5.

Connect the free ends of the alarm cable in accordance with the frame installation plan and the cable
tags to the customer's facility.

5.18.3 Connecting Optical Fibers


All optical fibers in the NPT-1020 platform are connected to the LC connectors on the SFP/XFP transceivers.

Before you start:


CAUTION:

Make sure that all the optical connectors are closed at all times with the
appropriate protective caps or with the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective
cap until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding connector, and immediately install
a protective cap after a cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm. Sharp bending of fibers may degrade
the optical transmission characteristics.

To connect an optical fiber to a NPT-1020 module/card:


1.

Insert the end of the fiber into the upper end of the flexible tube and pull it at the lower end, near the
NPT-1020.

2.

Bring the end of the fiber to the LC connector on the designated module/card. Leave some slack to
prevent stress.

3.

Thoroughly clean the connectors of the optical fibers, using an approved cleaning kit.

4.

Remove the cover from the module/card connector, and connect the fiber connector to it.

5.

Repeat Steps 1 through 4 for all optical fibers to be connected to NPT-1020 modules/cards.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-40

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.18.4 Routing and Connecting Electrical Traffic Cables


Multipair cables are used to connect the balanced E1 (2 Mbps) interfaces located on the NPT-1020 or on E1
modules installed in it.
Each cable consists of a total of 21 E1 twisted pairs per cable (transmit or receive). The cable end
connecting to the NPT-1020 or to the E1 module is terminated with an appropriate male connector.

To connect multipair cables:


1.

Bring the cable connector against the appropriate slot and connect the cable connector to the
corresponding module.

2.

Secure the connector to the module connector with the two cable connector screws. Tighten the
screws manually. If the screws cannot be reached with your bare hand, use an adjustable-torque
flatblade screwdriver.

3.

Bend the cable and thread it through the space above the NPT-1020 and the left side of the frame.
Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the frame cable supports. See the figure
Wall-mounted frame cable routing - left side view for reference.

4.

Use a cabling diagram of the frame (or site) to associate module connectors with the appropriate DDF
connections. Cut excess cable length if necessary.

5.

If a DDF is installed in the frame, refer to Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF for connecting the E1 cables
to the DDF wiring blocks.

5.18.5 Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables


Individual coaxial cables are used to connect to the interfaces located on E3/DS-3 and electrical STM-1
modules.
As part of site preparations, suitable cables must be routed from the relevant High Rate DDF (if used) to the
intended frame location and connected to the coaxial cables with DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors. Leave sufficient
length to permit routing the cables to the appropriate level in the frame.

To connect coaxial traffic cables to E3/DS-3 or STM-1 modules:


1.

Pull each coaxial cable to the level of the corresponding electrical connection module.

2.

Connect the DIN 1.0/2.3 connector on the cable to the corresponding electrical connector on the
module.

3.

Based on the frame (or site) cabling diagram, arrange the coaxial cables in groups according to the
designated module, and route them along the left side of the frame.

4.

Bend the cables and thread them through the space above the NPT-1020 and the left side of the
frame. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the frame cable supports. See the figure
Wall-mounted frame cable routing - left side view for reference.

5.

Cut excess cable length if necessary.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-41

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations

5.18.6 Connecting Timing (Clock) Cables


Timing cables are connected to the T3/T4 connectors of the NPT-1020.

To connect a timing cable to the NPT-1020 platform:


1.

Route the timing cable along the side of the frame. Fasten the cable to the cable supports, using cable
ties.

2.

Pull the cable down to the level of the T3/T4 connectors and bend it until the cable connector is
positioned against the timing connector.

3.

Connect the free end of the cable in accordance with the frame installation plan and the cable tags to
connector T3/T4 on the platform.

4.

Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the frame cable supports.

5.18.7 Connecting Management Cables


The management cables are connected to the RJ-45 connectors designated MNG on the NPT-1020
platform. Each cable is terminated in an RJ-45 plug.

To connect management cables to the NPT-1020 platform:


1.

Bring the cable plug against the appropriate connector on the NPT-1020.

2.

Connect the management station cable to the MNG connector of the platform in accordance with the
frame installation plan and the cable tags.

3.

Bend the cable and thread it through the space above the NPT-1020 and the left side of the frame.

4.

Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the frame cable supports.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-42

Commissioning Tests

6.1

Test Equipment

The following test equipment is required for the commissioning procedures:

PDH transmission analyzer for testing PDH transmission performance

SDH transmission analyzer for testing SDH transmission performance

Data transmission test equipment for testing FE transmission performance

Optical Power Meter (OPM)

Set of optical attenuators with various values

Variable optical attenuator

FC-to-LC adapters

LC/FC optical patch cords

Multimeter

Suitable equipment is available from a wide range of manufacturers and therefore no specific models are
listed. You can use any equipment that meets applicable international standards and has satisfactory
measurement accuracy over the range of operating parameters and environmental conditions that apply to
the specific network. If necessary, contact ECIs Field Engineering Department for specific
recommendations.

6.2

Site Commissioning Tests

Site commissioning tests verify the normal operation of NPT-1020 NEs. Perform the following procedures
on each NE at each site:

Verify the cards and modules installed in each platform.

Perform a visual inspection and mechanical checks.

Measure optical levels (see reference data in the NPT Product Line General Description).

6.2.1 Checking Cards and Modules Installed in Each Shelf


This check is performed to confirm that the required cards and modules have been installed in each site,
and to record their options, revisions, boot version, and serial numbers.
The following table provides a typical form for recording the cards and modules installed in a NPT-1020
shelf.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-1

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Table 6-1: Card and module inventory


Card/module type

Slot

Option

Revision

Boot version

Serial number

BS
SMD1B

TS

6.2.2 Visual Inspection and Mechanical Checks


The visual inspection checks for proper equipment installation, correct routing and connection of cables,
and other tasks, as follows:

Equipment installation documents provide the criteria for proper equipment installation.

The site cabling diagram provides the criteria for proper cabling routing.

After completing the visual inspection tasks (items 1 through 18 in the following table), power on the
NPT-1020 platform to perform an additional set of acceptance tests (items 15 through 19 in the following
table). These tests check the functions needed for carrying out the network commissioning tests. Consult
the NPT Product Line General Description and the NPT Product Line Reference Manual for a description of
the various card indicators and their functions.
The following table provides a typical list for recording the results of a visual inspection and mechanical
check.
Table 6-2: Visual inspection and mechanical checks
No.

Description of inspection/check
1

Check mechanical mounting of the rack.

Check the NPT-1020/EXT-2U installation; make sure that the rail stiffeners
are properly installed.

Check the ODF and FST installation and fiber connection (if applicable).

Check the DDF installation and relevant cable connections (if applicable).

Check ICP_MCP30 installation and relevant cable connections (if applicable).

Check the grounding cable connections.

Check the DC power cable connections (main fuse to RAP, RAP fuse to
NPT-1020/EXT-2U platform).

Check the network manager station installation (if applicable).

Check the installation of modules and cards.

10

Check the connection of relevant cables or fibers for all cards installed.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Results

6-2

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

No.

Commissioning Tests

Description of inspection/check

Results

11

Provide DC supply voltage via the INF-B1U slot PSA to the RAP (-40 V to -75
V).

12

Provide DC supply voltage via the INF-B1U on slot PSB to the RAP (-40 V to
-75 V).

13

Power on the platform.

14

Check the proper operation of both RAP power sources by


disconnecting one source at a time.

15

Check the communication between the NPT-1020 platform and the LCT-APT
via the MNG Ethernet interface.

16

Check the proper operation of all fans.

17

Check LED operation using the LED TEST option in the LCT-APT.

18

Check slot assignment for all relevant cards and modules.

19

Check there are no abnormal alarms.

6.2.3 Measuring Optical Levels


These measurements check optical signal levels at the various equipment ports. Before performing any
other commissioning test, proper optical levels within the limits specified in the NPT Product Line System
Specifications must be achieved for each optical component.
Perform these measurements using an OPM configured according to the wavelength at the measurement
port. For reliable measurement, do not connect the OPM directly to a port but use a two-meter fiber. When
measuring high optical power levels, use attenuators to ensure that the power does not exceed the
maximum OPM input level.
The following table illustrates a typical data form for optical level measurements.
Table 6-3: Measured optical levels
Slot

Module type

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Port

Wavelength

Optical transmit
level (dBm)

Receive level
(dBm)

6-3

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

The measured power levels:

Must be within the range of minimum and maximum levels specified in the NPT Product Line General
Description for the transceiver plug-in type installed on the corresponding port.

Must be within the expected range according to the optical network plan.

It is usually sufficient to measure the optical levels at the receive ports only. A good port-receive level
indicates that the components in the optical path up to that port are properly connected and operating
normally. If the result is not satisfactory, perform additional measurements at the transmit port in the
remote site.

6.2.4 Platform Power-On Test Procedure


To power on the NE:
1.

Perform slot assignments for all the relevant cards and modules in the platform.

2.

After 10 seconds, turn the platform circuit breaker off.

3.

After 30 seconds, turn the platform circuit breaker on.


The equipment should automatically return to normal operation, without user intervention and
without any abnormal alarms in the system.

6.3

SDH Commissioning Tests

These commissioning tests check that SDH functionality is in accordance with the system specifications.

6.3.1 Test Equipment Setup


The SDH tests are performed using a PDH analyzer, OPM, and variable attenuators. Configure the OPM
according to the measured wavelength.
The test conditions for the various interfaces are described in the following sections.
Table 6-4: 2 Mbps tests
Framing
Unframed
Coding

HDB3

Pattern

2 * 10-15 PRBS

Signal rate

2 Mbps

Timing

Internal clock

Inject error

Code error

Table 6-5: 34 Mbps tests


Framing
Unframed
Coding

HDB3

Pattern

2 * 10-15 PRBS

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-4

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Signal rate

34 Mbps

Timing

Internal clock

Inject error

Code error

Commissioning Tests

Table 6-6: 45 Mbps tests


Framing
Unframed
Coding

B3ZS

Pattern

2 * 10-15 PRBS

Signal rate

45 Mbps

Timing

Internal clock

Inject error

Code error

NOTE:

For SDH tests configure the test equipment according to the interface type being

tested.

Table 6-7: SDH tests


Signal rate
STM-1, STM-4, STM-16,
STM-64
Mapping

Any mapping (preferably bulk)

Pattern

2 * 10-15 PRBS

Signal rate

155.520 Mbps, 622.080 Mbps

Timing

Received clock

Inject error

BIP error

6.3.2 Network Timing Synchronization Test


This test checks that the NPT-1020 NEs synchronize properly and switch to the next priority clock source
when a failure occurs.

To perform network timing synchronization test:


1.

Define one NE as the (internal) timing source to which all other NEs are synchronized. This test can be
done with an external timing source, if requested.

2.

Define several priorities for the timing source.

3.

Disconnect the Rx fiber connected to the NE defined as the main timing source.

If the NE has two or more timing sources, it synchronizes to the second priority source, and an alarm is
generated for the missing main timing source.
If the NE has only one timing source, the NE timing is set as hold-over and an alarm is generated for the
main timing source. Another alarm is generated to indicate that there is no available timing source.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-5

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

6.3.3 Loss of Signal (LOS) Detection Test


This test verifies that NEs recognize alarms and send an alarm notification to the management system for
viewing.

To perform a LOS detection test:


1.

Create NEs and links through the management system.

2.

Disconnect the Rx optical fiber from one of the modules. A LOS alarm at the SPI level of this module
port appears, together with other alarms generated by the disconnection.

6.3.4 Input Sensitivity Test


This test verifies that the input sensitivity of the NPT-1020 optical modules is according to specifications.

To perform an input sensitivity test:


1.

Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE (in the relevant endpoint
ports).

3.

Connect a variable optical attenuator to one of the fibers of the relevant trail, and set the attenuator
to 0 dB.

4.

Increase the attenuation gradually until the test equipment displays a burst of errors.

5.

Connect an OPM to the first Rx point after the variable optical attenuator and measure the total
power. The measured optical power level is the input sensitivity of the module.

6.

Verify that the results are in accordance with the NPT Product Line System Specifications.

6.3.5 Equipment Power-On Test


This test verifies that the NPT-1020 NEs continue operating properly after a power break, without operator
involvement.

To perform an equipment power-on test:


1.

Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE (in the relevant endpoint
ports).

3.

Shut off the power to one of the nongateway NEs within the relevant trail. Errors and an Alarm
Indication Signal (AIS) alarm appear in the test equipment. After approximately seven minutes, an NE
disconnected alarm appears in the management system current alarm list, and the NE icon turns
gray (indicates no communication).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-6

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

4.

Power on the NE and wait for it to perform the initial download to all cards/modules in the platform.
This can take five minutes.

5.

Verify that the NE is connected to the management station and that there are no relevant alarms in
the test equipment or at the management station.

6.3.6 Traffic Stability Test


This test verifies that traffic operates according to ITU-T standards.

To perform traffic stability test:


1.

Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE (in the relevant endpoint
ports).

3.

Run this test for the appropriate time interval according to the following table.

4.

Verify that no alarms appear in the test equipment or at the management station. You should achieve
an error-free rate of 1 x 10-11 for 2 Mbps and 1 x 10-12 for all other rates.

Table 6-8: Traffic stability test time intervals


2 Mbps

34/45 Mbps

STM-1/VC-3

STM-4/VC-12

14 hours

7 hours

120 minutes

30 minutes

6.3.7 Path Protection and Nonretrieval Test


This test verifies that SNCP traffic operates properly when a failure occurs.

To perform a path protection and nonretrieval test:


1.

Create one protected trail of any rate between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE (in the relevant endpoint
ports).

3.

Disconnect one of the fibers in the active path of the trail. Short alarm bursts of less than 50 msec
appear in the test equipment, and the management station reports an alarm in the active path of the
trail.

4.

Verify that the trail works properly on the protection path.

5.

Reconnect the optical fiber. The trail remains on the protection path (nonretrieve mode), and there is
no alarm in the test equipment.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-7

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

6.3.8 Severity Assignment Test


This test, which is performed on one NPT-1020 NE, determines the level of urgency accorded to each alarm
and creates an alarm-handling protocol.
When a fault is detected or removed, the NE updates the status of the LEDs and reports the alarm
activation or clearing to the management station.

To perform a severity assignment test:


1.

Disconnect a fiber from one of the optical interfaces. An SPI LOS alarm of critical severity appears on
the management station for the NPT-1020 and the MJR LED on the NPT-1020 panel turns on.

2.

Reconnect the fiber. The SPI LOS alarm on the management station clears and the MJR LED on the
NPT-1020 panel turns off (only if there are no other alarms on the NPT-1020 unit).

3.

Change the severity of the SPI LOS alarm to minor.

4.

Disconnect a fiber from one of the optical interfaces. An SPI LOS alarm of minor severity appears on
the management station for the NPT-1020 and the MNR LED on the NPT-1020 panel turns on (only if
there is no critical or major alarm on the NPT-1020 unit).

5.

Reconnect the fiber. The SPI LOS alarm on the management station clears and the MNR LED on the
NPT-1020 panel turns off (only if there is no other alarm on the NPT-1020 unit).

6.3.9 Transmission Alarm-Handling Test


This test verifies that the NPT-1020 NEs can recognize an alarm and send an alarm notification to the
management system, and that the management system displays it properly.
This procedure tests the following alarms: PDH-LOS, PDH-AIS, and SPI-LOS.

To perform a transmission alarm-handling test:


1.

Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.

2.

Connect PDH test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE (in the relevant
endpoint ports).

3.

Disconnect the Tx cable of the test equipment. The management station reports a LOS alarm for the
relevant PDH port.

4.

Set the test equipment to transmit an AIS (AIS = on). The management station reports an AIS alarm
for the relevant PDH port.

5.

Disconnect the Rx fiber of an optical port. The management station reports a LOS (SPI-LOS) alarm for
the relevant optical port.
If ALS = off, the management station reports a far-end optical port MS-RDI alarm.
If ALS = on, the management station reports a far-end optical port LOS alarm.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-8

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

6.3.10 Maintenance Action Test


This test verifies that maintenance actions can be performed in the NPT-1020 NEs using the management
system.
This procedure tests a near-end loopback, forced PDH AIS, forced low-rate RDI, forced high-rate RDI, and
forced MS-RDI.

To perform maintenance action test:


1.

Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to one NE. The PDH test equipment detects an AIS alarm.

3.

Perform a near-end loopback at the other trail endpoint. The AIS alarm in the PDH test equipment
clears, and no alarm or error remains on the PDH test equipment.

4.

Using the management station, execute forced AIS on the PDH port that connects to the test
equipment. The PDH test equipment detects an AIS alarm.

5.

Using the management station, execute a forced low-rate RDI (or forced high-rate RDI or forced
MS-RDI) on a NPT-1020 platform. Another NPT-1020 platform reports a low-rate RDI (or high-rate RDI
or MS-RDI) to the management station.

6.4

Data Network Commissioning Tests

The data network commissioning tests check that data functionality is in accordance with system
specifications.

6.4.1 Throughput and Latency Tests


These tests determine the time it takes to transmit frames through the network, and the maximum amount
of data that can pass through the network before frames are lost.

To perform throughput and latency tests:


1.

Create two unprotected Ethernet trails of any rate between two NEs in the network.

2.

Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of the other NE through an
Ethernet cable.

3.

Configure the test equipment for RFC-2544 throughput and latency measurement.

4.

Measure the throughput and latency for frame sizes 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 1280, and 1518 bytes,
and record the results in the appropriate table.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-9

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

NOTE:

Measured latency is for both the forward and return paths. For a single path, the latency is
50% of the measured value.

The latency test is dependent on the throughput results. For example, if 10 Mbps is tested
and the throughput is 4%, the latency test should be for 4 Mbps (2 * VC-12 = 4 Mbps).

Inject traffic according to the assigned bandwidth (VC-12 = 2.048 Mbps).


Table 6-9: Throughput and latency test results
LAN port and speed

64 bytes/
frame

128 bytes/
frame

256 bytes/
frame

512 bytes/
frame

1024 bytes/
frame

1280 bytes/
frame

1518 bytes/
frame

Throughput
Latency

6.4.2 System Recovery and Reset Tests


These tests determine the speed at which a device recovers from a buffer overflow condition or from a
power failure.

To perform system recovery and reset tests:


1.

Create two unprotected Ethernet trails of any rate (for example, 10/100 Mbps) between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of the other NE (in the
relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.

3.

Configure the test equipment for manual testing according to the port rate and for any frame size.

4.

Power off one of the NEs and verify packet loss in the test equipment.

5.

Turn on the NE, wait five minutes, and verify that the errors in the test equipment have cleared.

6.4.3 Frame Loss Rate Test


This test determines the number of frames that are lost when the system is overloaded.

To perform a frame loss rate test:


1.

Create two unprotected Ethernet trails between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of the other NE (in the
relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.

3.

Configure the test equipment for RFC-2544 for frame loss measurements. Set to 100%.
The frame loss rate in % is defined according to the following formula:

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-10

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

[(input fps) - (output fps)] * 100 / (input fps)


fps = frames per second
For example, for a 100 Mbps test using 5 * VC-12 = 10 Mbps, with input fps = 148810 and output fps =
14881, the frame loss is:
148810 - 14881 = 133929 (a 90% loss).
Table 6-10: Frame loss rate test results
Frame size

64 bytes/
frame

128 bytes/
frame

256 bytes/
frame

512 bytes/
frame

1024 bytes/
frame

1280 bytes/
frame

1518 bytes/ frame

Frame rate (% MFR)


100%

6.4.4 Stability Test


This test determines the stability of the network by checking that it can function with no errors for a
defined period of time.

To perform a stability test:


1.

Create two unprotected Ethernet trails of any rate (for example, 10/100 Mbps) between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of the other NE (in the
relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.

3.

Configure the test equipment for manual testing according to the port rate and for any frame size.

4.

Set the transmit rate in the test equipment to about 90% of the trail bandwidth.

5.

Run this test for two hours, and verify that no errors appear in the test equipment.

6.4.5 Alarm-Handling Test


This test checks the alarm conditions forced on the NE and the subsequent action carried out by the NE. It
tests signal loss to both the data LAN port and to the optical interfaces.

To perform an alarm-handling test:


1.

Create two Ethernet trails of any rate (for example, 10/100 Mbps) between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of the other NE (in the
relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.

3.

Disconnect the test equipment to create a signal loss to the data LAN port. This generates a 10/100
Mbps - Link Down alarm.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-11

Maintenance

7.1

Overview

This chapter provides maintenance procedures for NPT-1020 equipment.


Personnel involved in maintenance must be thoroughly familiar with safety issues, as described in Before
You Start.

7.2

Test Equipment, Tools, and Materials

The only tools required for most maintenance activities described in this chapter are an LCT-APT terminal
and a multimeter. If you need to make measurements, it is recommended to use equipment of the same
type and models used for commissioning tests, see Commissioning Tests. The tools and materials necessary
for equipment installation must also be available during maintenance.

7.3

Preventive Maintenance

The purpose of preventive maintenance activities is to keep the NPT-1020 hardware in good condition, and
detect and correct as soon as possible any condition that may lead to deterioration and equipment
malfunction.
Record the execution of the various activities and their results according to the procedures used in your
organization.
Table 7-1: Preventive maintenance inspection and checks
Item

Inspection/Check

Intervals*
W

Visually inspect the condition of cables and fibers. Check for correct
routing (no sharp bends) and proper support to avoid stress. Avoid
touching fibers during the inspection, except as required to correct
problems.

Inspect equipment racks and cases, connection terminals, grounding,


etc. Pay special attention to any signs of corrosion.

Check the condition of rack front doors and RFI fingers. Clean as
necessary with approved cleaning agents.

Whenever applicable, inspect ancillary equipment (air conditioners,


lighting, distribution panels, etc.) and their power sources.

Check that all unused optical connectors are covered by protective


covers. Add covers as necessary.

Check that cards and modules are securely attached. All module
fastening screws must be tight (tighten only manually).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-1

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Item

Inspection/Check

Maintenance

Intervals*
W

Check for proper operation of the fans (no abnormal noise and
vibrations) in all NEs.

Clean all areas around the platform in the rack and the racks front door
(if applicable), using a vacuum cleaner.

Check that the cables connecting the DC power sources (main and
backup) to the RAP are properly connected.

10

Check that the external alarm cables are properly


connected to the RAP.

11

Check there are no alarm indications on the cards and modules.

12

Check that all RAP LEDs turn on and that the buzzer sounds while the
POWER ON pushbutton on the RAP panel is pressed.

13

Check that all card and module LEDs turn on when


performing the LED TEST operation using the LCT-APT.
Note: LEDs for FE interfaces and LEDs for Laser On
indications are not checked by the LED test operation.

14

Perform a visual check of LED indications.

* Legend:

7.4

W weekly

X
X

M monthly Q quarterly

Onsite Troubleshooting

The purpose of onsite troubleshooting is to identify the hardware causing the malfunction and return the
equipment to normal operation as soon as possible.
Troubleshooting is usually initiated in response to one of the following conditions:

Alarm or performance degradation reported by the management station.

Alarm or malfunction detected onsite by maintenance personnel, either as a result of a


troubleshooting activity initiated by the management center personnel or as a result of a periodic
inspection or preventive maintenance action. Many problems can be detected via the various
indicators available on the NPT-1020 system components.

This chapter assumes familiarity with the NPT-1020, with SDH data, and with the LightSoft and EMS-APT
management stations. See the respective user manual for details on the various capabilities of the
management stations and for instructions on performing the necessary activities.
The following sections provide procedures for performing onsite troubleshooting for various trouble
categories. For each category, a troubleshooting table provides instructions for identifying the problem.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-2

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

To use the troubleshooting table:


1.

Identify the closest description of the trouble symptoms under Symptoms.

2.

Perform the required corrective actions listed under Corrective actions in the order they appear,
until the trouble is corrected.

7.4.1 Troubleshooting Power Problems


Table 7-2: Troubleshooting power problems
No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Corrective actions

RAP POWER ON
indicator off

Both main and backup power


sources failed

Equipment problem

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Check the site power distribution


system.
Check the DC voltage at the main
and backup power terminals of the
RAP.
If the voltage is not within the
correct range, check cable
connections up to the DC power
distribution panel and make sure no
fuses are blown.
Check the voltage supplied by the
main and backup power sources.
Check the power connections to the
RAP.
Check the circuit breakers in the
RAP and replace if necessary.

Check the voltage at the NPT-1020


and EXT-2U end of each power
cable. Replace the cable or repair
the RAP if there is no voltage
present.
Check and reconnect cables to the
equipment, one by one. If the circuit
breaker trips again when connecting
a specific unit, replace that unit.

7-3

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

All LEDs and fans in No input power to the


NPT-1020 off
corresponding unit

Maintenance

Corrective actions

NPT-1020 card
FAIL indicator on

Technical failure in the


corresponding unit

Check the corresponding circuit


breaker in the RAP, and reset any
tripped breaker.
Check the circuit breakers in the
RAP and replace if necessary.
If the circuit breaker trips again,
disconnect the cable protected by
the corresponding circuit breaker
from the equipment, and check the
voltage polarity.
Check the power cable condition
and make sure the cable is not
damaged and does not cause short
circuits.
Check proper cable connection at
both ends.

Consult General troubleshooting


procedures for NPT-1020 power-on,
based on LEDs on its front panel for
guidance in resolving the problem.
If the problem still exists after Step
1, replace the unit.

7.4.2 Troubleshooting Using Component Indicators


The management station will usually provide onsite personnel with a list of suspected components.
Start the troubleshooting of a suspected component by checking its indicators. These indicators, located on
the various cards and modules, can help you to rapidly and efficiently identify a malfunctioning component
in accordance with the procedures outlined in the following tables.

NOTE: For a description of indicator functions, see the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.

CAUTION: The following corrective actions are traffic-affecting.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-4

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Table 7-3: General troubleshooting procedures for NPT-1020 power-on


Symptom

Probable cause

Corrective actions

Indicators on MXC panel


FAIL

ACT

MJR

MNR

Off

Blink

Off

Boot selection
non-existent or
hardware fault

On

Off

Off

Off

BIT of SDRAM failed

On

Off

On

Off

Boot code not found by


boot selection

On

Off

Off

Off

BIT of SDRAM failed

On

Off

Off

On

BIT of Flash failed

On

Blink

Blink

Blink

Illogical parameters,
such as the ID or
gateway

On

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Power off and wait a few minutes before


powering on again.
Wait a minute at most. The ACT indicator
should flash and the FAIL indicator should
be off. If not, replace the NPT-1020 unit.
Power off and wait a few minutes before
powering on again.
Wait a minute at most. The ACT indicator
should flash and the FAIL indicator should
be off. If not, replace the NPT-1020 unit.
Power off and wait a few minutes before
powering on again.
Wait a minute at most. The ACT indicator
should flash and the FAIL indicator should
be off. If not, replace the NPT-1020 unit.
Power off and wait a few minutes before
powering on again.
Wait a minute at most. The ACT indicator
should flash and the FAIL indicator should
be off. If not, replace the NPT-1020 unit.
Power off and wait a few minutes before
powering on again.
Wait a minute at most. The ACT indicator
should flash and the FAIL indicator should
be off. If not, replace the NPT-1020 unit.
Reset the card. When the ACT indicator is
off and the MNR indicator flashes after
reset, modify the incorrect parameters
using the Boot Configuration Tool.
After incorrect parameters are modified
correctly, reset the card again. The ACT
indicator should flash and the FAIL
indicator should be off after resetting.
If the FAIL indicator remains on, replace the
NPT-1020 unit.

7-5

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Symptom

Maintenance

Probable cause

Corrective actions

Indicators on MXC panel


FAIL

ACT

MJR

MNR

On

Blink

Blink

Off

Nonexecutable
application software

On

On

On

On

Unsuccessfully executed Power off and wait a few minutes before


application software
powering on again.
When the ACT indicator is off and the MNR
indicator flashes after power-on, download
the embedded software using the Boot
Configuration Tool.
After the embedded software is completely
downloaded to the card, power off and
then power on the card again. The ACT
indicator should flash and the FAIL
indicator should be off after power-on if
the problem is due to a damaged software
bank.
If the FAIL indicator remains on, replace the
NPT-1020 unit.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Power off and wait a few minutes before


powering on again.
When the ACT indicator is off and the MNR
indicator flashes after power-on, download
the embedded software using the Boot
Configuration Tool.
After the embedded software is completely
downloaded to the card, power off and
then power on the card again. The ACT
indicator should flash and the FAIL
indicator should be off after power-on if
the problem is due to a damaged software
bank.
If the FAIL indicator remains on, replace the
NPT-1020 unit.

7-6

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Symptom

Maintenance

Probable cause

Corrective actions

Indicators on MXC panel


FAIL

ACT

MJR

MNR

Blink

Blink

Blink

Blink

FPGA file on MXC


downloaded
unsuccessfully

Blink

Blink

Blink

Off

NPT-1020 initializes
unsuccessfully

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Power off and wait a few minutes before


powering on again.
When the ACT indicator is off and the MNR
indicator flashes after power-on, download
the embedded software package using the
Boot Configuration Tool.
After the embedded software package is
completely downloaded to the card, power
off and then power on the card again. The
ACT indicator should flash and the FAIL
indicator should be off after power-on if
the problem is due to a damaged software
bank.
If the FAIL indicator remains on, replace the
NPT-1020 unit.
Power off and wait a few minutes before
powering on again.
Wait a minute at most. The ACT indicator
should flash and the FAIL indicator should
be off. If not, replace the NPT-1020 unit.

7-7

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Table 7-4: General troubleshooting procedures for NPT-1020


No. Symptoms
1

Probable cause

Green ACT indicator not Damaged software or


flashing, and the status defective card
always on

Corrective actions

Perform a warm reset on the NPT-1020 by


pressing the RST button.
If the ACT indicator starts to flash, keep
watching for five minutes to ensure that
the problem has been solved.
If the ACT indicator does not flash, reset
the NPT-1020 using the LCT-APT and
download the embedded software using
the Boot Configuration Tool.
If the ACT indicator starts to flash, keep
watching for five minutes to ensure that
the problem has been solved.
If the ACT indicator does not flash,
power-off the NPT-1020 and wait a minute
before powering it on.
Consult the previous table, "General
troubleshooting procedures for NPT-1020
power-on" for guidance in resolving the
problem.

Green ACT indicator not Defective indicator


flashing, and the status
always off

Select Maintenance > LED Test in the LCT-APT


menu, and check that the indicator blinks for
some time. If not, replace the card/module.

Red FAIL indicator on or Damaged software or


defective card
not turning off after
power-on and resetting

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Perform a warm reset on the NPT-1020 by


pressing the RST button.
If the FAIL indicator is on, reset the
NPT-1020 using the LCT-APT and download
the embedded software using the Boot
Configuration Tool.
If the Fail indicator is on, power-off the
NPT-1020 and wait a minute before
powering it on.
Consult the previous table, "General
troubleshooting procedures for NPT-1020
power-on" for guidance in resolving the
problem.

7-8

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

No. Symptoms

Probable cause

Maintenance

Corrective actions

Left green LED in the


Link down or defective
PORT 1-PORT 8 RJ-45 off indicator

No trail on the corresponding Ethernet


ports indicates a normal state.
If there are trails on the corresponding
Ethernet ports, check whether there are
SSF or CSF alarms in the corresponding
Ethernet trails. If yes, try to find the reason
for the SSF or CSF problems and solve
them, and check the link status again.
Make sure the cable connected to the
corresponding port is not damaged.
Connect the cable to an Ethernet analyzer.
If a normal signal is detected, the indicator
is defective or the port is unavailable.
Replace the NPT-1020 unit.

Right orange LED in the 10/100 Mbps link or


PORT 1-PORT 8 RJ-45 off defective indicator

Check the port attributes in the LCT-APT. If


the speed status is 10/100 Mbps, it is in
normal state.
If the speed status in the LCT-APT is 10/100
Mbps, the NPT-1020 or indicator is
defective. Replace the NPT-1020 unit.

Table 7-5: General troubleshooting procedures for optical transceiver plug-ins


No. Symptom
1

Probable cause

Green transceiver Laser SFP module damage


On indicator off

Incorrect configuration

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Corrective actions
On the LCT-APT, if the SFP type cannot be
successfully obtained, the IDPROM of the
SFP module may be damaged. Replace the
module.
If the SFP type information is consistent
with the expected SFP type, force the laser
on through the LCT-APT. The laser on
indicator should be on. If not, the SFP
module or the optical module is damaged.
Replace the damaged module.

On the LCT-APT, check whether there is an


SFP-type-mismatch alarm in the
corresponding optical interface.
If yes, check the expected SFP type first.
Correct it if it is not correct.
Then, check the SFP module type. If it is
not the same as the expected SFP type,
replace the SFP module with the proper
type.

7-9

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

No. Symptom

Maintenance

Probable cause

Corrective actions

Corresponding optical
transmitter may have
been turned off by the
ALS function (see the
following note)

Check that all the fibers are properly


connected to the corresponding optical
transceiver.
When available, select Maintenance >
Laser Management > Laser Switch > Force
Laser On in the LCT-APT to activate the
corresponding laser.
Use an OPM to measure the output optical
power. If the output optical power is not
within the range of minimum and
maximum levels specified in the NPT-1020
System Specifications during a 90-second
period, the problem is in the transmit side
of the transceiver. Remove and reinsert
the transceiver.
Check the output optical power again. If
the output optical power is still not within
the range of minimum and maximum
levels specified in the NPT-1020 System
Specifications, replace the transceiver.
If the problem persists, check the received
optical power with an OPM. If the optical
power is within the range of minimum and
maximum levels specified in the NPT-1020
System Specifications, replace the
transceiver.
If the problem persists after following the
previous steps, check the remote site.
If there are no problems on both sites, the
problem may be in the optical fiber
between the two sites.

NOTE: Be sure to turn on the ALS function


after performing all checks.

NOTE: An optical port with ALS capability turns off its transmitter when the corresponding
receive signal is lost. Turning the transmitter off may cause a chain reaction, which turns the
optical signals off in a whole section of the network and generates a large number of alarms.
As a result, it may be difficult to identify the real cause of the problem, and you may need to
use the management station log records to identify the port.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-10

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Table 7-6: Troubleshooting procedures for PME1_21/PME1_63/DMCES1_4/MSE1_16 cards


No. Symptoms
1

Probable cause

Green ACT indicator off Defective indicator

Select Maintenance > LED Test in the LCT-APT


menu and check that the indicator blinks for
some time. If not, replace the module.

FPGA in module
downloaded
unsuccessfully

Defective module

Red FAIL indicator on or Defective card/module


not turning off after
power-on and reset

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Corrective actions

Power off and wait a few minutes before


powering on again.
If the Green ACT indicator is still off,
download and activate the NE embedded
software package either through the
LCT-APT or Boot Configuration Tool.
After the new embedded software package
is activated, the ACT indicator should be on
and the FAIL indicator should be off.
If the ACT indicator is still off, replace the
module.
If the ACT indicator is still off, replace the
NPT-1020 unit.
Perform a warm reset on the NPT-1020 by
pushing the RST button.
If the FAIL indicator is on after reset,
download and activate the NE embedded
software package either through the
LCT-APT or Boot Configuration Tool.
After the software is completely
downloaded to the NPT-1020, the ACT
indicator should be on and the FAIL
indicator should be off.
If the FAIL indicator turns on again, replace
the module.

7-11

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Table 7-7: Troubleshooting procedures for SMD1B/SMS4 cards


No. Symptoms
1

Probable cause

Green ACT indicator off Defective indicator

Corrective actions
Select Maintenance > LED Test in the LCT-APT
menu and check that the
indicator blinks for some time. If not, replace
the module.

FPGA in module
downloaded
unsuccessfully

Defective module

Damaged software or
Red FAIL indicator on
or not turning off after defective card/module
power-on and reset

Power off and wait a few minutes before


powering on again.
If the Green ACT indicator is still off,
download and activate the NE embedded
software package either through the
LCT-APT or the Boot Configuration Tool.
After the new embedded software package
is activated, the ACT indicator should be on
and the FAIL indicator should be off.
If the ACT indicator is still off, replace the
module.
If the ACT indicator is still off, replace the
NPT-1020 unit.
Perform a warm reset on the NPT-1020 by
pushing the RST button.
If the FAIL indicator is on after reset,
download and activate the NE embedded
software package either through the
LCT-APT or the Boot Configuration Tool.
After the software is completely
downloaded to the NPT-1020, the ACT
indicator should be on and the FAIL
indicator should be off.
If the FAIL indicator turns on again, replace
the module.

Table 7-8: General troubleshooting procedures for extended cards PE1_63/P345_3E/


SM_10E/EM_10E/S1_4/P345_3E/DMCE1_32
No. Symptoms

Probable cause

Corrective actions

Both red FAIL indicator Boot damaged


and red Alarm
indicator do not turn
off after power-on

Extract the card and reinsert it into the


extended slot on the EXT-2U. If this does not
resolve the problem, replace the module.

Green ACT indicator


off

Select Maintenance > LED Test in the LCT-APT


menu and check that the indicator blinks for
some time. If not, replace the module.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Defective indicator

7-12

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

No. Symptoms

Maintenance

Probable cause

Corrective actions

FPGA in module
downloaded
unsuccessfully

Defective module

Red FAIL indicator on Embedded software and


or not turning off after FPGA not downloaded
power-on and reset

Damaged software or
defective card/module

Power off and wait a few minutes before


powering on again.
If the Green ACT indicator is still off,
download and activate the NE embedded
software package either through the
LCT-APT or the Boot Configuration Tool.
After the new embedded software package
is activated, the ACT indicator should be on
and the FAIL indicator should be off.
If the ACT indicator is still off, replace the
module.
If the ACT indicator is still off, replace the
NPT-1020 unit.
Power off and wait a few minutes before
powering on again.
If the Red FAIL indicator is still on,
download and activate the NE embedded
software package either through the
LCT-APT or the Boot Configuration Tool.
After the new embedded software package
is activated, the ACT indicator should be on
and the FAIL indicator should be off.

Perform a warm reset on the NPT-1020 by


pushing the RST button.
If the FAIL indicator is on after reset,
download and activate the NE embedded
software package either through the
LCT-APT or the Boot Configuration Tool.
After the software is completely
downloaded to the NPT-1020, the ACT
indicator should be on and the FAIL
indicator should be off.
If the FAIL indicator turns on again, replace
the module.

Table 7-9: Special troubleshooting procedures for P345_3E cards


No. Symptoms

Probable cause

Corrective actions

Corresponding port
configured to E3

Check with the management station operator


to determine whether the module has already
been configured for DS-3. If not, ignore the
state of the Mode indicator.

Defective indicators

If the port is in DS-3 mode, the indicator should


be on. If not, replace the module.

Orange mode
indicator off

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-13

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Table 7-10: General troubleshooting procedures for daughterboards on SM_10E/EM_10E cards


No. Symptoms

Probable cause

Corrective actions

Defective indicator or
defective daughterboard

Defective Dslot on
SM_10E/EM_10E

If replacing the daughterboard does not resolve


the problem, replace the SM_10E/EM_10E
card.

BIT fail

Replace the module.

Green ACT indicator


off after power-on or
reset

Red FAIL indicator on


after power-on or
reset

7.5

Check whether the SM_10E/EM_10E card


is running, meaning that the ACT LED is
blinking. If yes, extract the daughterboard
and reinsert it again.
If the Green ACT indicator does not turn on
too, replace the daughterboard.

Replacing Cards and Modules

The following sections provide procedures for replacing cards and modules in the NPT-1020.

7.5.1 Safety and Workmanship


Refer to Before You Start for safety and workmanship instructions.

CAUTION: Static Sensitive Devices


PROPER HANDLING AND GROUNDING PRECAUTIONS REQUIRED
NPT-1020 equipment contains components sensitive to ESD. To prevent ESD damage, strictly
observe all the precautions listed in Protection Against ESD. Keep parts and cards in their
antistatic packaging material until you are ready to install them.
Use an antistatic wrist strap connected to a grounded equipment frame or rack when handling
cards and modules during installation, removal, or connection to internal connectors.

Before you start:


When inserting cards and modules, be sure to carefully align the card/module with the platform guide rails.
If you feel resistance during insertion, immediately retract the card/module and repeat the process.
Hold the card/module straight during insertion and removal, and pull or push it slowly and carefully to
avoid touching components located on adjacent cards/modules.
Do not use excessive torque when tightening the fastening screws of cards and modules.
Visually inspect the card and the mating backplane connectors and make sure that there are no signs of
physical damage. In particular, check for bent connector pins.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-14

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Before replacing any card, module, or optical transceiver:


1.

Check that the replacement component has not been physically damaged during shipment.

2.

Remove the replacement component from its antistatic protection packaging, and perform a visual
inspection to detect damage during shipment. Report any problems.

3.

Record the hardware and software versions as indicated on the component identification labels, and
make sure they are compatible with those of the component to be replaced.

After replacing a component:

0.

1.

Place it in its antistatic protection packaging and close it.

2.

Attach a report to the packaging explaining the reason for the replacement, and identify the network
site, physical location, platform, and time of replacement.

7.5.2 Replacing Tslot Cards


To replace a Tslot card in the NPT-1020 platform:
1.

Mark each cable connected to the Tslot card for identification purposes.

2.

Disconnect all cables connecting the Tslot card.

3.

Loosen and remove the two screws.

4.

Hold the handle on the Tslot card panel and pull the card to be replaced outward until it is released
from the backplane.

5.

Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the card out of the platform.

6.

Insert the rear end of the replacement card into the corresponding card guides.

7.

Push the replacement card in until the front panel of the card is flush with the front of the NPT-1020
platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the card out and repeat the
procedure.

8.

Close the screws on the panel to fasten the card to the NPT-1020 platform.

9.

Reconnect all cables for the Tslot card according to the cable marks.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-15

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

7.5.3 Replacing Eslot Cards


NOTE: All Eslot cards support live insertion. There is no need to power-off the NPT-1020 or
the EXT-2U units when replacing them.

To replace an Eslot card in the EXT-2U platform:


1.

Mark each cable connected to the Eslot card for identification purposes.

2.

Disconnect all cables connecting the Eslot card.

3.

Loosen and remove the two screws.

4.

Hold the handles on the Eslot card panel and pull the module to be replaced outward until it is
released from the backplane.

5.

Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the module out of the platform.

6.

Insert the rear end of the replacement module into the corresponding module guides.

7.

Push the replacement module in until the front panel of the module is flush with the front of the
EXT-2U platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat
the procedure.

8.

Close the screws on the panel to fasten the module to the EXT-2U platform.

9.

Reconnect all cables for the Eslot card according to the cable marks.

7.5.4 Replacing Traffic Modules on the SM_10E/EM_10E


NOTE: All traffic modules on the SM_10E/EM_10E support live insertion. There is no need to
extract the SM_10E/EM_10E card when replacing a module.

To replace a traffic module on the SM_10E/EM_10E:


1.

Mark each cable connected to the traffic module on the SM_10E/EM_10E card for identification
purposes.

2.

Disconnect all cables connecting the traffic module.

3.

Loosen and remove the two screws.

4.

Hold the handles on the traffic module panel and pull the module to be replaced outward until it is
released from the SM_10E/EM_10E card.

5.

Continue to hold the handle and gently pull the module out of the card.

6.

Insert the rear end of the replacement module into the corresponding module guides.

7.

Push the replacement module in until the front panel of the module is flush with the front of the
SM_10E/EM_10E card. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and
repeat the procedure.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-16

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

8.

Close the screws on the panel to fasten the module to the SM_10E/EM_10E card.

9.

Reconnect all cables for the traffic module according to the cable marks.

Maintenance

7.5.5 Replacing ICPs for the SM_10E/EM_10E


To replace an ICP for the SM_10E/EM_10E:
1.

Mark each cable connected to the ICP for identification purposes.

2.

Disconnect all cables connecting the ICP.

3.

Loosen and remove the four screws.

4.

Replace the ICP and close the screws to fasten the ICP to the platform.

5.

Reconnect all cables for the ICP according to the cable marks.

7.5.6 Replacing Power Modules


CAUTION:

If using a DC power supply, each NPT-1020/EXT-2U platform has two power modules.
Replacing the power module therefore does not cause the NE to power off.

Replace INF-B1U/INF-E2U modules one at a time so that the system is not powered off.

To replace the power module:


1.

Cut off the power source connected to the power module by turning off the corresponding power
switch on the RAP.

2.

Disconnect the power cable from the replaced power module on the panel.

3.

Open the two screws fastening the power module to the platform.

4.

Hold the handle on the panel and pull the module to be replaced outward until it is released from the
backplane.

5.

Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the module out of the platform.

6.

Insert the rear end of the replacement module into the corresponding module guides.

7.

Push the replacement module in until the front panel of the module is flush with the front of the
NPT-1020 or EXT-2U platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out
and repeat the procedure.

8.

Close the screws on the panel to fasten the module to the NPT-1020 or
EXT-2U platform.

9.

Reconnect the power cable to the replacement power module.

10.

Turn on the power switch on the RAP.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-17

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

7.5.7 Replacing SFP/CSFP/SFP+ Transceivers


ECI supplies field-replaceable SFP/CSFP/SFP+ transceivers in all optical and electrical STM-1 interfaces. Hot
swapping is allowed, provided you observe the safety precautions described in Before You Start during the
replacement.

To replace an SFP/CSFP/SFP+ transceiver:


1.

Mark each fiber or cable connected to the transceiver for identification purposes.

2.

Identify the position of the SFP/CSFP/SFP+ transceiver to be replaced.

3.

Disconnect the fibers or cables connected to the transceiver.

4.

Remove the transceiver plug-in by pulling its tab.

5.

Insert the rear end of the replacement transceiver plug-in into the prescribed position, and push
slowly backward to mate its rear connector with the corresponding optical interface module
connector until the transceiver clicks into place (see the following figure). If you feel resistance before
the transceiver plug-in is fully inserted, retract the transceiver and repeat the process.
Figure 7-1: Inserting an SFP/CSFP/SFP+ transceiver into a module

6.

Reconnect the fibers or cables disconnected in Step 3.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-18

Connection Data

8.1

Overview

This chapter provides connection data for the user connectors located in the NPT-1020/EXT-2U platforms
and associated ancillary equipment supplied by ECI.
Any connectors not described in this appendix are reserved for use by ECI technical support personnel
and/or future expansion, and therefore no user equipment may be connected to them.

8.2

INF-B1U/INF-B1U-D/INF-E2U DC Input Power


Connectors

The DC input power connectors, designated POWER IN, are 3-pin D-type male connectors located on the
INF-B1U/INF-B1U-D/INF-E2U panels. The following figure identifies the functions of the POWER IN
connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector.
Figure 8-1: POWER IN input power connector, pin functions

8.3

AC_PS-B1U/AC_PS-E2U AC Input Power


Connectors

AC input power connectors are located on the AC_PS-B1U/AC_PS-E2U front panel, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 8-2: AC input power connector

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-1

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

8.4

Connection Data

T3/T4 Timing Connector

The T3/T4 timing connector is an RJ-45 connector located on the NPT-1020 panel and designated T3/T4.
The interface includes a group of lines that are usually connected to the site timing reference distribution
subsystem:

Clock input (T3 2.048 Mbps or 2.048 MHz signal, ITU-T Rec. G.703 interface; T3 1.544 Mbps or 1.544
MHz signal, ITU-T Rec. G.703 interface)

Clock output (T4 2.048 Mbps or 2.048 MHz signal, ITU-T Rec. G.703 interface; 1.544 Mbps or 1.544
MHz signal, ITU-T Rec. G.703 interface)

The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists
the pin assignment for the connector. It also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin
in the cables offered by ECI for connecting between the tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Figure 8-3: T3/T4 connector, pin identification

Table 8-1: T3/T4 connector, PIN identification


Pin

Name

CLK2MHZ_IN(A)

CLK2MHZ_IN(B)

CLK2MHZ_OUT(A)

CLK2MHZ_OUT(B)

CLK2MBIT_IN(A)

2.048/1.544 Mbps clock Input


input

Brown/White-ring

CLK2MBIT_IN(B)

Input

White/Brown-ring

CLK2MBIT_OUT(A)

2.048/1.544 Mbps clock Output


output

Orange/White-ring

CLK2MBIT_OUT(B)

Output

White/Orange-ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Function
2.048/1.544 MHz clock
input
2.048/1.544 MHz clock
output

Direction

Wire color

Input

Blue/White-ring

Input

White/Blue-ring

Output

Green/White-ring

Output

White/Green-ring

8-2

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

8.5

Connection Data

1PPS/ToD Timing Connector

The 1PPS/ToD timing connector is an RJ-45 connector located on the NPT-1020 panel and designated
1PPS/ToD.
The interface includes a group of lines that are usually connected to the site timing reference distribution
subsystem.
The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists
the pin assignment for the connector. It also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin
in the cables offered by ECI for connecting between the tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Figure 8-4: 1PPS/ToD connector, pin identification

Table 8-2: 1PPD/ToD connector, PIN identification


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

1PPS_P

1PPS RS422 signal

Input/Output

1PPS_N

1PPS RS422 signal

Input/Output

--

--

--

GND

--

--

GND

Time of Day character

--

--

--

--

TOD_P

Time of Day character

Input/Output

TOD_N

Time of Day character

Input/Output

8.6

Alarms Connector

The Alarms connector, designated ALARMS, is a 15-pin D-type male connector on the NPT-1020 panel that
provides an alarm interface connecting to the RAP. The connector supports two groups of lines:

Four external alarm input lines. The alarm input lines are monitored by the NPT-1020 management
subsystem. Each input is connected to the input diode of an optocoupler.

Three alarm output lines. Each output is provided by a relay dry contact.

Relay contact ratings are 75 V in open state and 1 A in closed state.


The ALARMS connector can be connected in one of the following configurations:

Direct connection to a customers alarms collection facilities

Connection to the RAP

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-3

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

ECI offers appropriate cables for each of these configurations.


The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The following
table lists the connector pin assignment.
Figure 8-5: Alarms connector, pin identification

Table 8-3: Alarms connector, pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

ALARM_IN1(A)

First alarm input

Input

Brown

ALARM_IN1(B)

Input

Brown/Gray ring

ALARM_IN2(A)

Input

Red

ALARM_IN2(B)

Input

Red/Gray ring

ALARM_IN3(A)

Input

Orange

ALARM_IN3(A)

Input

Orange/Gray ring

ALARM_IN4(A)

Input

Yellow

ALARM_IN4(B)

Input

Yellow/Gray ring

11

ALARM_OUT1(A)

Output

Blue

12

ALARM_OUT1(B)

Output

Blue/Gray ring

13

ALARM_OUT2(A)

Output

Violet

14

ALARM_OUT2(B)

Output

Violet/Gray ring

ALARM_OUT3(A)

Third alarm output, common

Output

Green

10

ALARM_OUT3(B1)

Third alarm output, normally


closed

Output

Green/Gray ring

15

ALARM_OUT3(B2)

Third alarm output, normally


open

Output

White

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Second alarm input

Third alarm input

Fourth alarm input

First alarm output

Second alarm output

8-4

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

8.7

Connection Data

NPT-1020 Built-in E1 Connector

The NPT-1020 provides 21 built-in balanced E1 tributary interfaces through a twin 68-pin VHDCI female
connectors. The connector serves the 21 E1 receive and transmit signals.
The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The following
tables list the pin assignment for the connectors. They also list the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cable offered by ECI for connecting between the tributary connector and a
distribution frame. The tables refer to the connectors as marked in the figure, (P1) for the upper connector,
and (P2) for the lower connector.
Figure 8-6: NPT-1020 buit-in E1 connector pin identification

Table 8-4: NPT-1020 E1 connector (P2), pin assignment


P2 pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

---

Not connected

---

---

TTIP11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire A

Output

Brown

TRING11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire B

Output

Brown/Gray ring

---

Not connected

---

---

---

Not connected

---

---

TTIP10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire A

Output

Red

TRING10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire B

Output

Red/Gray ring

TTIP9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire A

Output

Orange

TRING9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire B

Output

Orange/Gray ring

10

---

Not connected

---

---

11

---

Not connected

---

---

12

TRING8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire B

Output

Yellow

13

TTIP8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire A

Output

Yellow/Gray ring

14

TTIP7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire A

Output

Green

15

TRING7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire B

Output

Green/Gray ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-5

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

P2 pin

Connection Data

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

16

---

Not connected

---

---

17

---

Not connected

---

---

18

TTIP6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire A

Output

Blue

19

TRING6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire B

Output

Blue/Gray ring

20

TTIP5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire A

Output

Violet

21

TRING5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire B

Output

Violet/Gray ring

22

---

Not connected

---

---

23

---

Not connected

---

---

24

TTIP4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire A

Output

White

25

TRING4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire B

Output

White/Gray ring

26

TTIP3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire A

Output

Pink

27

TRING3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire B

Output

Pink/Gray ring

28

---

Not connected

---

---

29

---

Not connected

---

---

30

TTIP2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire A

Output

Brown/White ring

31

TRING2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire B

Output

Red/White ring

32

TTIP1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire A

Output

Orange/White ring

33

TRING1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire B

Output

Yellow/White ring

34

---

Not connected

---

---

35

---

Not connected

---

---

36

RTIP11

Receive, tributary 11, wire A

Input

Green/White ring

37

RRING11

Receive, tributary 11, wire B

Input

Blue/White ring

38

---

Not connected

---

---

39

---

Not connected

---

---

40

RTIP10

Receive, tributary 10, wire A

Input

Violet/White ring

41

RRING10

Receive, tributary 10, wire B

Input

Light Gray/White ring

42

RTIP9

Receive, tributary 9, wire A

Input

Red/Brown ring

43

RRING9

Receive, tributary 9, wire B

Input

Yellow/Brown ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-6

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

P2 pin

Connection Data

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

44

---

Not connected

---

---

45

---

Not connected

---

---

46

RRING8

Receive, tributary 8, wire B

Input

Orange/Brown ring

47

RTIP8

Receive, tributary 8, wire A

Input

Green/Brown ring

48

RRING7

Receive, tributary 7, wire B

Input

Blue/Brown ring

49

RTIP7

Receive, tributary 7, wire A

Input

Violet/Brown ring

50

---

Not connected

---

---

51

---

Not connected

---

---

52

RTIP6

Receive, tributary 6, wire A

Input

Light Gray/Brown ring

53

RRING6

Receive, tributary 6, wire B

Input

Pink/Brown ring

54

RTIP5

Receive, tributary 5, wire A

Input

Brown/Red ring

55

RRING5

Receive, tributary 5, wire B

Input

Light Gray/Red ring

56

---

Not connected

---

---

57

---

Not connected

---

---

58

RTIP4

Receive, tributary 4, wire A

Input

Yellow/Red ring

59

RRING4

Receive, tributary 4, wire B

Input

Green/Red ring

60

RTIP3

Receive, tributary 3, wire A

Input

Blue/Red ring

61

RRING3

Receive, tributary 3, wire B

Input

Violet/Red ring

62

---

Not connected

---

---

63

---

Not connected

---

---

64

RTIP2

Receive, tributary 2, wire A

Input

White/Red ring

65

RRING2

Receive, tributary 2, wire B

Input

Pink/Red ring

66

RTIP1

Receive, tributary 1, wire A

Input

Brown/Green ring

67

RRING1

Receive, tributary 1, wire B

Input

Light Gray/Green ring

68

---

Not connected

---

---

Shelf

---

BRAID

---

---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-7

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Table 8-5: NPT-1020 E1 connector (P1), pin assignment


P1 pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

---

Not connected

---

---

RRING12

Receive, tributary 12, wire B

Input

Brown/Yellow ring

RTIP12

Receive, tributary 12, wire A

Input

Red/Yellow ring

RRING13

Receive, tributary 13, wire B

Input

Orange/Yellow ring

RTIP13

Receive, tributary 13, wire A

Input

Green/Yellow ring

---

Not connected

Input

---

---

Not connected

---

---

RRING14

Receive, tributary 14, wire B

---

Blue/Yellow ring

RTIP14

Receive, tributary 14, wire A

Input

Violet/Yellow ring

10

RTIP15

Receive, tributary 15, wire A

Input

Light Gray/Yellow
ring

11

RRING15

Receive, tributary 15, wire B

Input

White/Yellow ring

12

---

Not connected

---

---

13

---

Not connected

---

---

14

RRING16

Receive, tributary 16, wire B

Input

Brown/Blue ring

15

RTIP16

Receive, tributary 16, wire A

Input

Red/Blue ring

16

RRING17

Receive, tributary 17, wire B

Input

Orange/Blue ring

17

RTIP17

Receive, tributary 17, wire A

Input

Yellow/Blue ring

18

---

Not connected

---

---

19

---

Not connected

---

---

20

RRING18

Receive, tributary 18, wire B

Input

Green/Blue ring

21

RTIP18

Receive, tributary 18, wire A

Input

Violet/Blue ring

22

RRING19

Receive, tributary 19, wire B

Input

Light Gray/Blue ring

23

RTIP19

Receive, tributary 19, wire A

Input

White/Blue ring

24

---

Not connected

---

---

25

---

Not connected

---

---

26

RRING20

Receive, tributary 20, wire B

Input

Brown/Orange ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-8

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

P1 pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

27

RTIP20

Receive, tributary 20, wire A

Input

Red/Orange ring

28

RRING21

Receive, tributary 21, wire B

Input

Yellow/Orange ring

29

RTIP21

Receive, tributary 21, wire A

Input

Green/Orange ring

30

---

Not connected

---

---

31

---

Not connected

---

---

32

---

Not connected

---

---

33

---

Not connected

---

---

34

---

Not connected

---

---

35

---

Not connected

---

---

36

TRING12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire B

Output

Blue/Orange ring

37

TTIP12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire A

Output

Violet/Orange ring

38

TRING13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire B

Output

Light Gray/Orange
ring

39

TTIP13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire A

Output

White/Orange ring

40

---

Not connected

---

---

41

---

Not connected

---

---

42

TRING14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire B

Output

Brown/Violet ring

43

TTIP14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire A

Output

Red/Violet ring

44

TRING15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire B

Output

Orange/Violet ring

45

TTIP15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire A

Output

Yellow/Violet ring

46

---

Not connected

---

---

47

---

Not connected

---

---

48

TTIP16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire A

Output

Green/Violet ring

49

TRING16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire B

Output

Blue/Violet ring

50

TRING17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire B

Output

Light Gray/Violet ring

51

TTIP17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire A

Output

White/Violet ring

52

---

Not connected

---

---

53

---

Not connected

---

---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-9

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

P1 pin

Connection Data

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

54

TRING18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire B

Output

Brown/Pink ring

55

TTIP18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire A

Output

Red/Pink ring

56

TRING19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire B

Output

Orange/Pink ring

57

TTIP19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire A

Output

Yellow/Pink ring

58

---

Not connected

---

---

59

---

Not connected

---

---

60

TRING20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire B

Output

Green/Pink ring

61

TTIP20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire A

Output

Blue/Pink ring

62

TRING21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire B

Output

Light Gray/Pink ring

63

TTIP21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire A

Output

White/Pink ring

64

---

Not connected

---

---

65

---

Not connected

---

---

66

---

Not connected

---

---

67

---

Not connected

---

---

68

---

Not connected

---

---

Shelf

---

BRAID

---

---

8.8

E1 Connectors on the PME1_21 and MSE1_16

The PME1_21 provides 21 balanced E1 tributary interfaces and the MSE1_16 provides 16 balanced E1
tributary interfaces through a SCSI-100 female connector. The SCSI-100 connector serves the 21 E1
receive and transmit signals in the PME1_21 and the 16 x E1 receive and transmit signals in the MSE1_16.

IMPORTANT:

The wiring of the SCSI-100 connector in both the PME1_21 and MSE1_16 is
identical. The different is that in the MSE1_16 only the first 16 E1s are used.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-10

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists
the pin assignment for a typical connector. It also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding
pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting between the tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Figure 8-7: E1 connectors for PME1_21, pin identification

Table 8-6: PME1_21 and MSE1_16 connector, pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

---

Not connected

---

---

TTIP21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire A

Output

White/Pink ring

TRING21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire B

Output

Light Gray/Pink ring

TTIP20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire A

---

Blue/Pink ring

TRING20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire B

---

Green/Pink ring

TTIP19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire A

Output

Yellow/Pink ring

TRING19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire B

Output

Orange/Pink ring

---

Not connected

---

---

TTIP18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire A

Output

Red/Pink ring

10

TRING18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire B

Output

Brown/Pink ring

11

TTIP17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire A

Output

White/Violet ring

12

TRING17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire B

Output

Light Gray/Violet ring

13

TTIP16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire A

Output

Blue/Violet ring

14

TRING16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire B

Output

Green/Violet ring

15

---

Not connected

---

---

16

TTIP15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire A

Output

Yellow/Violet ring

17

TRING15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire B

Output

Orange/Violet ring

18

TTIP14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire A

Output

Red/Violet ring

19

TRING14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire B

Output

Brown/Violet ring

20

TTIP13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire A

Output

White/Orange ring

21

TRING13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire B

Output

Light Gray/Orange ring

22

---

Not connected

---

---

23

TTIP12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire A

Output

Violet/Orange ring

24

TRING12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire B

Output

Blue/Orange ring

25

TTIP11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire A

Output

Brown/Gray ring

26

TRING11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire B

Output

Brown

27

TTIP10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire A

Output

Red/Gray ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-11

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

28

TRING10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire B

Output

Red

29

---

Not connected

---

---

30

TTIP9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire A

Output

Orange/Gray ring

31

TRING9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire B

Output

Orange

32

TTIP8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire A

Output

Yellow/Gray ring

33

TRING8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire B

Output

Yellow

34

TTIP7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire A

Output

Green/Gray ring

35

TRING7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire B

Output

Green

36

---

Not connected

---

---

37

TTIP6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire A

Output

Blue/Gray ring

38

TRING6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire B

Output

Blue

39

TTIP5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire A

Output

Violet/Gray ring

40

TRING5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire B

Output

Violet

41

TTIP4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire A

Output

White/Gray ring

42

TRING4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire B

Output

White

43

---

Not connected

---

---

44

TTIP3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire A

Output

Pink/Gray ring

45

TRING3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire B

Output

Pink

46

TTIP2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire A

Output

Red/White ring

47

TRING2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire B

Output

Brown/White ring

48

TTIP1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire A

Output

Yellow/White ring

49

TRING1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire B

Output

Orange/White ring

50

---

Not connected

---

---

51

---

Not connected

---

---

52

RTIP21

Receive, tributary 21, wire A

Input

Green/Orange ring

53

RRING21

Receive, tributary 21, wire B

Input

Yellow/Orange ring

54

RTIP20

Receive, tributary 20, wire A

Input

Red/Orange ring

55

RRING20

Receive, tributary 20, wire B

Input

Brown/Orange ring

56

RTIP19

Receive, tributary 19, wire A

Input

White/Blue ring

57

RRING19

Receive, tributary 19, wire B

Input

Light Gray/Blue ring

58

---

Not connected

---

---

59

RTIP18

Receive, tributary 18, wire A

Input

Violet/Blue ring

60

RRING18

Receive, tributary 18, wire B

Input

Green/Blue ring

61

RTIP17

Receive, tributary 17, wire A

Input

Yellow/Blue ring

62

RRING17

Receive, tributary 17, wire B

Input

Orange/Blue ring

63

RTIP16

Receive, tributary 16, wire A

Input

Red/Blue ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-12

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

64

RRING16

Receive, tributary 16, wire B

Input

Brown/Blue ring

65

---

Not connected

---

---

66

RTIP15

Receive, tributary 15, wire A

Input

White/Yellow ring

67

RRING15

Receive, tributary 15, wire B

Input

Light Gray/Yellow ring

68

RTIP14

Receive, tributary 14, wire A

Input

Violet/Yellow ring

69

RRING14

Receive, tributary 14, wire B

Input

Blue/Yellow ring

70

RTIP13

Receive, tributary 13, wire A

Input

Green/Yellow ring

71

RRING13

Receive, tributary 13, wire B

Input

Orange/Yellow ring

72

---

Not connected

---

---

73

RTIP12

Receive, tributary 12, wire A

Input

Red/Yellow ring

74

RRING12

Receive, tributary 12, wire B

Input

Brown/Yellow ring

75

RTIP11

Receive, tributary 11, wire A

Input

Blue/White ring

76

RRING11

Receive, tributary 11, wire B

Input

Green/White ring

77

RTIP10

Receive, tributary 10, wire A

Input

Light Gray/White ring

78

RRING10

Receive, tributary 10, wire B

Input

Violet/White ring

79

---

Not connected

---

---

80

RTIP9

Receive, tributary 9, wire A

Input

Yellow/Brown ring

81

RRING9

Receive, tributary 9, wire B

Input

Red/Brown ring

82

RTIP8

Receive, tributary 8, wire A

Input

Green/Brown ring

83

RRING8

Receive, tributary 8, wire B

Input

Orange/Brown ring

84

RTIP7

Receive, tributary 7, wire A

Input

Violet/Brown ring

85

RRING7

Receive, tributary 7, wire B

Input

Blue/Brown ring

86

---

Not connected

---

---

87

RTIP6

Receive, tributary 6, wire A

Input

Pink/Brown ring

88

RRING6

Receive, tributary 6, wire B

Input

Light Gray/Brown ring

89

RTIP5

Receive, tributary 5, wire A

Input

Light Gray/Red ring

90

RRING5

Receive, tributary 5, wire B

Input

Brown/Red ring

91

RTIP4

Receive, tributary 4, wire A

Input

Green/Red ring

92

RRING4

Receive, tributary 4, wire B

Input

Yellow/Red ring

93

---

Not connected

---

---

94

RTIP3

Receive, tributary 3, wire A

Input

Violet/Red ring

95

RRING3

Receive, tributary 3, wire B

Input

Blue/Red ring

96

RTIP2

Receive, tributary 2, wire A

Input

Pink/Red ring

97

RRING2

Receive, tributary 2, wire B

Input

White/Red ring

98

RTIP1

Receive, tributary 1, wire A

Input

Light Gray/Green ring

99

RRING1

Receive, tributary 1, wire B

Input

Brown/Green ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-13

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

100

---

Not connected

---

---

Braid

---

---

Platform ---

8.9

Ethernet Interface Connectors

The NPT-1020 platform provides 12 traffic Ethernet interfaces on its front panel as follows:

4 x 10/100/1000 BaseT interfaces (left-most ports marked P1 to P4) based on RJ-45 connectors with
PoE

4 x 10/100/1000 BaseT interfaces (ports marked P5 to P8) based on RJ-45 connectors without PoE

4 x 100/1000 BaseX SFP based interfaces (ports marked P9 to P12)

In addition the two rightmost connectors are Fast Ethernet RJ-45 type, for management and debug
(marked MNG and DEBUG).
All RJ-45 Ethernet ports support MDI/MDIX auto correction, so both straight and crossed Ethernet cables
can be connected to these ports.
The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The following
table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector.
Figure 8-8: Ethernet connector, pin identification

Table 8-7: Ethernet connector, pin assignment


Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

TX/RX+

TX/RX-

TX/RX+

Transmit positive signal/Receive


positive signal

Out/In

TX/RX-

Transmit negative signal/Receive


negative signal

Out/In

TX/RX+

Transmit positive signal/Receive


positive signal

Out/In

TX/RX-

Transmit negative signal/Receive


negative signal

Out/In

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Transmit
positive
positive signal

signal/Receive

Transmit negative
negative signal

signal/Receive

Out/In
Out/In

8-14

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Pin

Connection Data

Designation

Function

Direction

TX/RX+

Transmit positive signal/Receive


positive signal

Out/In

Out/In

Transmit negative signal/Receive


negative signal

Out/In

8.10 PM345_3 Card Connection Data


The PM345_3 card provides three unbalanced E3/DS-3 tributary interfaces. The E3/DS-3 connectors are
coaxial connectors (6 x DIN 1.0/2.3) on the PM345_3 front panel.

8.11 P345_3E Card Connection Data


The P345_3E card provides three unbalanced E3/DS-3 tributary interfaces. The E3/DS-3 connectors are
coaxial connectors (6 x DIN 1.0/2.3) on the P345_3E front panel.

8.12 PE1_63 Card Connection Data


The PE1_63 provides 63 balanced E1 tributary interfaces and has three twin 68-pin VHDCI female
connectors. Each twin 68-pin VHDCI connector serves 21 E1 receive and transmit signals. The tributaries
supported by each connector are marked alongside the connector: 1-21, 22-42, and 43-63.
The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The following
tables list the pin assignment for a typical connector. They also list the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting between the tributary connector and a
distribution frame.
The tributary numbers appearing in the table are given for the 1-21 connector. To obtain the correct
tributary numbers for other connectors, interpret the numbers as representing the number of the tributary
in its group (for example, in connector 22-42, 7 represents E1 tributary 28).
Figure 8-9: Typical E1 connector for PE1_63, pin identification

Table 8-8: PE1_63 typical E1 connector (P2), pin assignment


P2 pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

---

Not connected

---

---

TTIP11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire A

Output

Brown

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-15

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

P2 pin

Connection Data

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

TRING11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire B

Output

Brown/Gray ring

---

Not connected

---

---

---

Not connected

---

---

TTIP10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire A

Output

Red

TRING10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire B

Output

Red/Gray ring

TTIP9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire A

Output

Orange

TRING9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire B

Output

Orange/Gray ring

10

---

Not connected

---

---

11

---

Not connected

---

---

12

TRING8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire B

Output

Yellow

13

TTIP8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire A

Output

Yellow/Gray ring

14

TTIP7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire A

Output

Green

15

TRING7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire B

Output

Green/Gray ring

16

---

Not connected

---

---

17

---

Not connected

---

---

18

TTIP6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire A

Output

Blue

19

TRING6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire B

Output

Blue/Gray ring

20

TTIP5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire A

Output

Violet

21

TRING5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire B

Output

Violet/Gray ring

22

---

Not connected

---

---

23

---

Not connected

---

---

24

TTIP4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire A

Output

White

25

TRING4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire B

Output

White/Gray ring

26

TTIP3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire A

Output

Pink

27

TRING3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire B

Output

Pink/Gray ring

28

---

Not connected

---

---

29

---

Not connected

---

---

30

TTIP2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire A

Output

Brown/White ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-16

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

P2 pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

31

TRING2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire B

Output

Red/White ring

32

TTIP1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire A

Output

Orange/White ring

33

TRING1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire B

Output

Yellow/White ring

34

---

Not connected

---

---

35

---

Not connected

---

---

36

RTIP11

Receive, tributary 11, wire A

Input

Green/White ring

37

RRING11

Receive, tributary 11, wire B

Input

Blue/White ring

38

---

Not connected

---

---

39

---

Not connected

---

---

40

RTIP10

Receive, tributary 10, wire A

Input

Violet/White ring

41

RRING10

Receive, tributary 10, wire B

Input

Light Gray/White ring

42

RTIP9

Receive, tributary 9, wire A

Input

Red/Brown ring

43

RRING9

Receive, tributary 9, wire B

Input

Yellow/Brown ring

44

---

Not connected

---

---

45

---

Not connected

---

---

46

RRING8

Receive, tributary 8, wire B

Input

Orange/Brown ring

47

RTIP8

Receive, tributary 8, wire A

Input

Green/Brown ring

48

RRING7

Receive, tributary 7, wire B

Input

Blue/Brown ring

49

RTIP7

Receive, tributary 7, wire A

Input

Violet/Brown ring

50

---

Not connected

---

---

51

---

Not connected

---

---

52

RTIP6

Receive, tributary 6, wire A

Input

Light Gray/Brown ring

53

RRING6

Receive, tributary 6, wire B

Input

Pink/Brown ring

54

RTIP5

Receive, tributary 5, wire A

Input

Brown/Red ring

55

RRING5

Receive, tributary 5, wire B

Input

Light Gray/Red ring

56

---

Not connected

---

---

57

---

Not connected

---

---

58

RTIP4

Receive, tributary 4, wire A

Input

Yellow/Red ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-17

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

P2 pin

Connection Data

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

59

RRING4

Receive, tributary 4, wire B

Input

Green/Red ring

60

RTIP3

Receive, tributary 3, wire A

Input

Blue/Red ring

61

RRING3

Receive, tributary 3, wire B

Input

Violet/Red ring

62

---

Not connected

---

---

63

---

Not connected

---

---

64

RTIP2

Receive, tributary 2, wire A

Input

White/Red ring

65

RRING2

Receive, tributary 2, wire B

Input

Pink/Red ring

66

RTIP1

Receive, tributary 1, wire A

Input

Brown/Green ring

67

RRING1

Receive, tributary 1, wire B

Input

Light Gray/Green ring

68

---

Not connected

---

---

Shelf

---

BRAID

---

---

Table 8-9: PE1_63 typical connector (P1), pin assignment


P1 pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

---

Not connected

---

---

RRING12

Receive, tributary 12, wire B

Input

Brown/Yellow ring

RTIP12

Receive, tributary 12, wire A

Input

Red/Yellow ring

RRING13

Receive, tributary 13, wire B

Input

Orange/Yellow ring

RTIP13

Receive, tributary 13, wire A

Input

Green/Yellow ring

---

Not connected

Input

---

---

Not connected

---

---

RRING14

Receive, tributary 14, wire B

---

Blue/Yellow ring

RTIP14

Receive, tributary 14, wire A

Input

Violet/Yellow ring

10

RTIP15

Receive, tributary 15, wire A

Input

Light Gray/Yellow
ring

11

RRING15

Receive, tributary 15, wire B

Input

White/Yellow ring

12

---

Not connected

---

---

13

---

Not connected

---

---

14

RRING16

Receive, tributary 16, wire B

Input

Brown/Blue ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-18

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

P1 pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

15

RTIP16

Receive, tributary 16, wire A

Input

Red/Blue ring

16

RRING17

Receive, tributary 17, wire B

Input

Orange/Blue ring

17

RTIP17

Receive, tributary 17, wire A

Input

Yellow/Blue ring

18

---

Not connected

---

---

19

---

Not connected

---

---

20

RRING18

Receive, tributary 18, wire B

Input

Green/Blue ring

21

RTIP18

Receive, tributary 18, wire A

Input

Violet/Blue ring

22

RRING19

Receive, tributary 19, wire B

Input

Light Gray/Blue ring

23

RTIP19

Receive, tributary 19, wire A

Input

White/Blue ring

24

---

Not connected

---

---

25

---

Not connected

---

---

26

RRING20

Receive, tributary 20, wire B

Input

Brown/Orange ring

27

RTIP20

Receive, tributary 20, wire A

Input

Red/Orange ring

28

RRING21

Receive, tributary 21, wire B

Input

Yellow/Orange ring

29

RTIP21

Receive, tributary 21, wire A

Input

Green/Orange ring

30

---

Not connected

---

---

31

---

Not connected

---

---

32

---

Not connected

---

---

33

---

Not connected

---

---

34

---

Not connected

---

---

35

---

Not connected

---

---

36

TRING12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire B

Output

Blue/Orange ring

37

TTIP12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire A

Output

Violet/Orange ring

38

TRING13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire B

Output

Light Gray/Orange
ring

39

TTIP13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire A

Output

White/Orange ring

40

---

Not connected

---

---

41

---

Not connected

---

---

42

TRING14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire B

Output

Brown/Violet ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-19

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

P1 pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

43

TTIP14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire A

Output

Red/Violet ring

44

TRING15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire B

Output

Orange/Violet ring

45

TTIP15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire A

Output

Yellow/Violet ring

46

---

Not connected

---

---

47

---

Not connected

---

---

48

TTIP16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire A

Output

Green/Violet ring

49

TRING16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire B

Output

Blue/Violet ring

50

TRING17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire B

Output

Light Gray/Violet ring

51

TTIP17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire A

Output

White/Violet ring

52

---

Not connected

---

---

53

---

Not connected

---

---

54

TRING18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire B

Output

Brown/Pink ring

55

TTIP18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire A

Output

Red/Pink ring

56

TRING19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire B

Output

Orange/Pink ring

57

TTIP19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire A

Output

Yellow/Pink ring

58

---

Not connected

---

---

59

---

Not connected

---

---

60

TRING20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire B

Output

Green/Pink ring

61

TTIP20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire A

Output

Blue/Pink ring

62

TRING21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire B

Output

Light Gray/Pink ring

63

TTIP21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire A

Output

White/Pink ring

64

---

Not connected

---

---

65

---

Not connected

---

---

66

---

Not connected

---

---

67

---

Not connected

---

---

68

---

Not connected

---

---

Shelf

---

BRAID

---

---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-20

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

8.13 SM_10E/EM_10E Card Connection Data


The SM_10E/EM_10E base card does not have any external interfaces. All external interfaces are from the
front panel of each type of SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module. The following types of SM_10E/EM_10E traffic
module are supported:

SM_FXO_8E

SM_FXS_8E

SM_EM_24W_6E

SM_V24E

SM_CODIR_4E

SM_OMNI_E

SM_EOP

SM_C37.94S

Most types of SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module use the same connector for the cabling of their external
traffic interfaces. This connector is a single SCSI-36 female connector located on the front panel. The
following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector.
Figure 8-10: SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connector, pin identification

The following sections contain tables that describe the pin assignment of the connector for each type of
traffic module. These tables include the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables
offered by ECI for connecting the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connector and a distribution frame.
The SM_EOP has two RJ-45 connectors for connecting to its interfaces and the SM_C37.94 has two pairs of
ST fiber optic connectors for connecting to its interfaces.

8.13.1 Connection Data for SM_FXO_8E and SM_FXS_8E


Interfaces
The SM_FXO_8E and the SM_FXS_8E each support eight channels. Each channel has one pair of wires. The
following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector and lists the color of the wire connected to
the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution
frame.
Table 8-10: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_FXO_8 and SM_FXS_8 connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

A1

Channel 1, wire A

Bidirectional

Brown

B1

Channel 1, wire B

Bidirectional

Brown/Black

A2

Channel 2, wire A

Bidirectional

Red

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-21

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

B2

Channel 2, wire B

Bidirectional

Red/Black

A3

Channel 3, wire A

Bidirectional

Orange

B3

Channel 3, wire B

Bidirectional

Orange/Black

A4

Channel 4, wire A

Bidirectional

Yellow

B4

Channel 4, wire B

Bidirectional

Yellow/Black

A5

Channel 5, wire A

Bidirectional

Green

10

B5

Channel 5, wire B

Bidirectional

Green/Black

11

A6

Channel 6, wire A

Bidirectional

Blue

12

B6

Channel 6, wire B

Bidirectional

Blue/Black

13

A7

Channel 7, wire A

Bidirectional

Violet

14

B7

Channel 7, wire B

Bidirectional

Violet/Black

15

A8

Channel 8, wire A

Bidirectional

White

16

B8

Channel 8, wire B

Bidirectional

White/Black

NOTE: Only 8 of 18 pairs of wires are used for the SM_FXO_8E or SM_FXS_8E interfaces.

8.13.2 Connection Data for SM_EM_24W6E Interfaces


The SM_EM_24W6E supports six channels. Each has one pair of wires in 2W mode, two pairs of wires in 4W
or 2W E&M mode, and three pairs of wires in 4W E&M mode. The following table lists the pin assignment
for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered
by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Table 8-11: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_EM_24W6E connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Mode

Function

Direction

Wire color

RA1

4W

Channel 1, Rx, wire A

Output

Brown

2W

Channel 1, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 1, Rx, wire B

Output

2W

Channel 1, wire B

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 2, Rx, wire A

Output

2W

Channel 2, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 2, Rx, wire B

Output

2W

Channel 2, wire B

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 3, Rx, wire A

Output

2W

Channel 3, wire A

Bidirectional

2
3
4
5

RB1
RA2
RB2
RA3

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Brown/Black
Red
Red/Black
Orange

8-22

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Mode

Function

Direction

Wire color

RB3

4W

Channel 3, Rx, wire B

Output

Orange/Black

2W

Channel 3, wire B

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 4, Rx, wire A

Output

2W

Channel 4, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 4, Rx, wire B

Output

2W

Channel 4, wire B

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 5, Rx, wire A

Output

2W

Channel 5, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 5, Rx, wire B

Output

2W

Channel 5, wire B

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 6, Rx, wire A

Output

2W

Channel 6, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 6, Rx, wire B

Output

2W

Channel 6, wire B

Bidirectional

7
8
9
10
11
12

RA4
RB4
RA5
RB5
RA6
RB6

Yellow
Yellow/Black
Green
Green/Black
Blue
Blue/Black

13

E1

Any

Channel 1, E

Output

Violet

14

M1

Any

Channel 1, M

Input

Violet/Black

15

E2

Any

Channel 2, E

Output

White

16

M2

Any

Channel 2, M

Input

White/Black

17

E3

Any

Channel 3, E

Output

Pink

18

M3

Any

Channel 3, M

Input

Pink/Black

19

TA1

4W

Channel 1, Tx, wire A

Input

Brown/White

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 1, Tx, wire B

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 2, Tx, wire A

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 2, Tx, wire B

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 3, Tx, wire A

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 3, Tx, wire B

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 4, Tx, wire A

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 4, Tx, wire B

Input

2W

---

---

20
21
22
23
24
25
26

TB1
TA2
TB2
TA3
TB3
TA4
TB4

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Red/White
Orange/White
Yellow/White
Green/White
Blue/White
Violet/White
Light Gray/White

8-23

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Mode

Function

Direction

Wire color

27

TA5

4W

Channel 5, Tx, wire A

Input

Red/Brown

2W

---

---

28

TB5

4W

Channel 5, Tx, wire B

Yellow/Brown

29

TA6

4W

Channel 6, Tx, wire A

Orange/Brown

30

TB6

4W

Channel 6, Tx, wire B

Green/Brown

31

E4

Any

Channel 4, E

Output

Blue/Brown

32

M4

Any

Channel 4, M

Input

Violet/Brown

33

E5

Any

Channel 5, E

Output

Light Gray/Brown

34

M5

Any

Channel 5, M

Input

Pink/Brown

35

E6

Any

Channel 6, E

Output

Brown/Red

36

M6

Any

Channel 6, M

Input

Light Gray/Red

NOTE: The number of wires used depends on the mode of each channel. All 18 pairs of wires
are used for the SM_EM_24W6E module if all channels are in four-wire E&M mode.

8.13.3 Connection Data for SM_V24E Interfaces


The SM_V24E module supports the following three modes:

8 x V.24 transparent without control signals

4 x V.24 asynchronous mode with control signals

2 x V.24 synchronous mode with control signals

In 8 x V.24 transparent mode, the SM_V24E supports eight channels, each with three wires. The following
table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector when the SM_V24E is in 8 x V.24 transparent mode.
This table also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for
connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Table 8-12: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 8 x V.24 transparent without
controls mode
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

13

CH7# SD(103)

Ch7# transmit data

Input

Violet

14

CH7# RD(104)

Ch7# receive data

Output

Violet/Black

15

CH8# SD(103)

Ch8# transmit data

Input

White

16

CH8# RD(104)

Ch8# receive data

Output

White/Black

17

GND

Signal ground

---

Pink

18

GND

Signal ground

---

Pink/Black

19

CH1# SD(103)

Ch1# transmit data

Input

Brown/White

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-24

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

20

CH1# RD(104)

Ch1# receive data

Output

Red/White

21

CH2# SD(103)

Ch2# transmit data

Input

Orange/White

22

CH2# RD(104)

Ch2# receive data

Output

Yellow/White

23

CH3# SD(103)

Ch3# transmit data

Input

Green/White

24

CH3# RD(104)

Ch3# receive data

Output

Blue/White

25

CH4# SD(103)

Ch4# transmit data

Input

Violet/White

26

CH4# RD(104)

Ch4# receive data

Output

Light Gray/White

27

CH5# SD(103)

Ch5# transmit data

Input

Red/Brown

28

CH5# RD(104)

Ch5# receive data

Output

Yellow/Brown

29

CH6# SD(103)

Ch6# transmit data

Input

Orange/Brown

30

CH6# RD(104)

Ch6# receive data

Output

Green/Brown

31

GND

Signal ground

---

Blue/Brown

32

GND

Signal ground

---

Violet/Brown

33

GND

Signal ground

---

Light Gray/Brown

34

GND

Signal ground

---

Pink/Brown

35

GND

Signal ground

---

Brown/Red

36

GND

Signal ground

---

Light Gray/Red

In mode 4 x V.24 asynchronous with controls, the SM_V24E supports four channels, each with eight wires.
The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector when the SM_V24E is in 4 x V.24
asynchronous with controls mode. This table also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding
pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Table 8-13: SM_V24E connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CH1# RTS(105)

Ch1# require to send

Input

Brown

CH1# CTS(106)

Ch1# clear to send

Output

Brown/Black

CH1# DTR(108)

Ch1# data terminal ready

Input

Red

CH1# DSR(107)

Ch1# data set ready

Output

Red/Black

CH1# DCD(109)

Ch1# data carrier detect

Output

Orange

CH3# DCD(109)

Ch3# data carrier detect

Output

Orange/Black

CH2# RTS(105)

Ch2# require to send

Input

Yellow

CH2# CTS(106)

Ch2# clear to send

Output

Yellow/Black

CH2# DTR(108)

Ch2# data terminal ready

Input

Green

10

CH2# DSR(107)

Ch2# data set ready

Output

Green/Black

11

CH2# DCD(109)

Ch2# data carrier detect

Output

Blue

12

CH4# DCD(109)

Ch4# data carrier detect

Output

Blue/Black

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-25

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

13

CH4# RTS(105)

Ch4# require to send

Input

Violet

14

CH4# CTS(106)

Ch4# clear to send

Output

Violet/Black

15

CH4# DTR(108)

Ch4# data terminal ready

Input

White

16

CH4# DSR(107)

Ch4# data set ready

Output

White/Black

17

---

Not connected

---

---

18

---

Not connected

---

---

19

CH1# SD(103)

Ch1# transmit data

Input

Brown/White

20

CH1# RD(104)

Ch1# receive data

Output

Red/White

21

CH2# SD(103)

Ch2# transmit data

Input

Orange/White

22

CH2# RD(104)

Ch2# receive data

Output

Yellow/White

23

CH3# SD(103)

Ch3# transmit data

Input

Green/White

24

CH3# RD(104)

Ch3# receive data

Output

Blue/White

25

CH4# SD(103)

Ch4# transmit data

Input

Violet/White

26

CH4# RD(104)

Ch4# receive data

Output

Light Gray/White

27

CH3# RTS(105)

Ch3# require to send

Input

Red/Brown

28

CH3# CTS(106)

Ch3# clear to send

Output

Yellow/Brown

29

CH3# DTR(108)

Ch3# data terminal read

Input

Orange/Brown

30

CH3# DSR(107)

Ch3# data set ready

Output

Green/Brown

31

---

Not connected

---

---

32

---

Not connected

---

---

33

SG1

Signal ground

---

Light Gray/Brown

34

SG2

Signal ground

---

Pink/Brown

35

SG3

Signal ground

---

Brown/Red

36

SG4

Signal ground

---

Light Gray/Red

In mode 2 x V.24 synchronous with controls, the SM_V24E supports two channels, each with eleven wires.
The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector when the SM_V24E is in 2 x V.24
synchronous with controls mode. This table also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding
pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Table 8-14: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 2 x V.24 synchronous with controls
mode
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CH1# RTS(105)

Ch1# require to send

Input

Brown

CH1# CTS(106)

Ch1# clear to send

Output

Brown/Black

CH1# DTR(108)

Ch1# data terminal ready

Input

Red

CH1# DSR(107)

Ch1# data set ready

Output

Red/Black

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-26

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CH1# DCD(109)

Ch1# data carrier detect

Output

Orange

CH1# RC(115)

Ch1# receive timing

Output

Orange/Black

CH2# RTS(105)

Ch2# require to send

Input

Yellow

CH2# CTS(106)

Ch2# clear to send

Output

Yellow/Black

CH2# DTR(108)

Ch2# data terminal ready

Input

Green

10

CH2# DSR(107)

Ch2# data set ready

Output

Green/Black

11

CH2# DCD(109)

Ch2# data carrier detect

Output

Blue

12

CH2# RC(115)

Ch2# receive timing

Output

Blue/Black

13-18

---

Not connected

---

---

19

CH1# SD(103)

CH1# transmit data

20

CH1# RD(104)

CH1# receive data

Output

Red/White

21

CH2# SD(103)

CH2# transmit data

Input

Orange/White

22

CH2# RD(104)

CH2# receive data

Output

Yellow/White

23

CH1# TMC(113)

Ch1# DTE timing

Input

Green/White

24

CH1# TC(114)

Ch1# transmit timing

Output

Blue/White

25

CH2# TMC(113)

Ch2# DTE timing

Input

Violet/White

26

CH2# TC(114)

Ch2# transmit timing

Output

Light Gray/White

27-34

---

Not connected

---

---

35

SG1

Signal ground

---

Brown/Red

36

SG2

Signal ground

---

Light Gray/Red

Brown/White

8.13.4 Connection Data for SM_V35_V11 Interfaces


The SM_V35_V11 supports two channels of V.35 or V.11 interface. Each interface can independently be
configured as V.35 or V.11/X.24 and can be mapped to unframed E1 or N x 64K of framed E1 (the interface
rate N is configurable). The following table lists the pin assignment of V.11 interfaces for a typical connector
and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the
tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Table 8-15: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V35_V11 connector, pin assignment
Pin

V.11 signal

Function

Direction

Wire color

20

T(a)

Ch1# transmit data+

Input

Red/White

19

T(b)

Ch1# transmit data-

Input

Brown/White

R(a)

Ch1# receive data+

Output

Brown/Black

R(b)

Ch1# receive data-

Output

Brown

22

S(a)

Ch1# transmit timing+

Output

Yellow/White

21

S(b)

Ch1# transmit timing-

Output

Orange/White

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-27

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

V.11 signal

Function

Direction

Wire color

29

C(a)

Ch1# request to send+

Input

Orange/Brown

30

C(b)

Ch1# request to send-

Input

Green/Brown

23

I(a)

Ch1# clear to send+

Output

Green/White

32

I(b)

Ch1# clear to send-

Output

Violate/Brown

17

GND

Ground

---

Pink

26

T(a)

Ch2# transmit data+

Input

Light Gray/White

25

T(b)

Ch2# transmit data-

Input

Violet/White

R(a)

Ch2# receive data+

Output

Yellow/Black

R(b)

Ch2# receive data-

Output

Yellow

28

S(a)

Ch2# transmit timing+

Output

Yellow/Brown

27

S(b)

Ch2# transmit timing-

Output

Red/Brown

31

C(a)

Ch2# request to send+

Output

Blue/Brown

34

C(b)

Ch2# request to send-

Input

Pink/Brown

13

I(a)

Ch2# clear to send+

Output

Violet

36

I(b)

Ch2# clear to send-

Output

Light Gray/Red

18

GND

Ground

---

Pink/Black

Table 8-16: SM_V35_V11 pin assignment per interface type


Mode
Port

#1

Pin

signal

Sync V.24

V.35/V.36

V.11/X.24

RS422

RS449

20

TD (a)

(T)

19

TD (b)

(T)

RD (a)

(R)

RD (b)

(R)

22

ST (a)

(S)

21

ST (b)

(S)

RT (a)

RT (b)

TT (a)

TT (b)

29

RTS (a)

(C)

30

RTS (b)

(C)

23

CTS (a)

(I)

32

CTS (b)

(I)

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-28

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Mode

#2

24

DSR

15

DCD

33

DTR

17

Ground

26

TD (a)

(T)

25

TD (b)

(T)

RD (a)

(R)

RD (b)

(R)

28

ST (a)

(S)

27

ST (b)

(S)

10

RT (a)

RT (b)

12

TT (a)

11

TT (b)

31

RTS (a)

(C)

34

RTS (b)

(C)

13

CTS (a)

(I)

36

CTS (b)

(I)

14

DSR

16

DCD

35

DTR

18

Ground

8.13.5 Connection Data for SM_CODIR_4E Interfaces


The SM_CODIR_4E supports four channels of codirectional 64 Kbps interface, each with two pairs of wires.
The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to
the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution
frame.
Table 8-17: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_CODIR_4E connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

RA1

Channel 1, Rx, wire A

Input

Brown

RB1

Channel 1, Rx, wire B

Input

Brown/Black

RA2

Channel 2, Rx, wire A

Input

Red

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-29

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

RB2

Channel 2, Rx, wire B

Input

Red/Black

RA3

Channel 3, Rx, wire A

Input

Orange

RB3

Channel 3, Rx, wire B

Input

Orange/Black

RA4

Channel 4, Rx, wire A

Input

Yellow

RB4

Channel 4, Rx, wire B

Input

Yellow/Black

9-18

---

Not connected

---

---

19

TA1

Channel 1, Tx, wire A

Output

Brown/White

20

TB1

Channel 1, Tx, wire B

Output

Red/White

21

TA2

Channel 2, Tx, wire A

Output

Orange/White

22

TB2

Channel 2, Tx, wire B

Output

Yellow/White

23

TA3

Channel 3, Tx, wire A

Output

Green/White

24

TB3

Channel 3, Tx, wire B

Output

Blue/White

25

TA4

Channel 4, Tx, wire A

Output

Violet/White

26

TB4

Channel 4, Tx, wire B

Output

Light Gray/White

27-36

---

Not connected

---

---

NOTE: Only 8 of 18 pairs of wires are used for SM_CODIR_4E interfaces.

8.13.6 Connection Data for SM_OMNI_E Interfaces


The SM_OMNI_E supports four 2W/4W channels, each with one pair of wires in 2W mode or two pairs of
wires in 4W mode. The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the
wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector
and a distribution frame.
Table 8-18: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_OMNI_E connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Mode

Function

Direction

Wire color

RA1

4W

Channel 1, Rx, wire A

Output

Brown

2W

Channel 1, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 1, Rx, wire B

Output

2W

Channel 1, wire B

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 2, Rx, wire A

Output

2W

Channel 2, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 2, Rx, wire B

Output

2W

Channel 2, wire B

Bidirectional

2
3
4

RB1
RA2
RB2

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Brown/Black
Red
Red/Black

8-30

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Pin

Name

RA3

6
7
8

RB3

RB4
---

19

TA1

21
22
23
24
25
26
27-3
6

Function

Direction

Wire color

Channel 3, Rx, wire A

Output

Orange

Channel 3, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 3, Rx, wire B

Output

2W

Channel 3, wire B

Bidirectional

Channel 4, Rx, wire A

Output

Channel 4, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 4, Rx, wire B

Output

2W

Channel 4, wire B

Bidirectional

Not connected

---

---

4W

Channel 1, Tx, wire A

Input

Brown/White

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 1, Tx, wire B

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 2, Tx, wire A

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 2, Tx, wire B

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 3, Tx, wire A

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 3, Tx, wire B

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 4, Tx, wire A

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 4, Tx, wire B

Input

2W

---

---

Not connected

---

RA4

9-18

20

Mode

TB1
TA2
TB2
TA3
TB3
TA4
TB4

Connection Data

---

Orange/Black
Yellow
Yellow/Black

Red/White
Orange/White
Yellow/White
Green/White
Blue/White
Violet/White
Light Gray/White
---

NOTE: Only 8 of 18 pairs of wires are used for SM_OMNI_E interfaces.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-31

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

8.14 ICP_VF Connection Data


A single ICP_VF can serve one of the following SM_10E/EM_10E modules:

SM_FXS_8E

SM_FXO_8E

SM_EM_24W6E (Connectors marked CH7 and CH8 are not connected.)

SM_Codir_4_E (Connectors marked CH5 to CH8 are not connected.)

There are eight RJ-45 connectors for external interfaces on the front panel of the ICP_VF. The figure
Ethernet connector, pin identification identifies the RJ-45 connector pins as seen when looking into the
connector. The following tables list the pin assignment for a typical connector, when serving each type of
traffic module. These tables also list the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables
offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Table 8-19: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_FXS_8E or SM_FXO_8E
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Line A

Wire A

Bidirectional

Blue/White ring

Line B

Wire B

Bidirectional

White/Blue ring

4-8

---

Not connected

---

---

Table 8-20: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_EM_24W6E
Pin

Name

Mode

Function

Direction

Wire color

RA1

4W

Channel 1, Rx, wire


A

Output

Blue/White ring

2W

Channel 1, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 1, Rx, wire B Output

2W

Channel 1, wire B

4W

Channel 1, Tx, wire A Input

2W

---

4W

Channel 1, Tx, wire B Input

2W

---

---

2
3
4

RB1
TA1
TB1

White/blue ring

Bidirectional
Green/White ring

--White/Green ring

---

---

---

---

Brown/White ring

---

---

---

---

White/Brown ring

E1

Any

Channel 1, E

Output

Orange/White ring

M1

Any

Channel 1, M

Input

White/Orange ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-32

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Table 8-21: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_CODIR_4E
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

RA

Rx, wire A

Input

Blue/White ring

RB

Rx, wire B

Input

White/Blue ring

TA

Tx, wire A

Output

Green/White ring

TB

Tx, wire B

Output

White/Green ring

8.15 ICP_V24 Connection Data


V.24 interfaces in the SM_V24E are always in DCE mode. One ICP_V24 can serve one SM_V24E module. The
SM_V24E module can work in the following three modes:

Eight channels of transparent without controls mode (Connectors marked SYNC CH1 and SYNC CH2
are not connected.)

Four channels of asynchronous with controls mode (Connectors marked SYNC CH1 and SYNC CH2 and
CH5 to CH8 are not connected.)

Two channels of synchronous with controls mode (Connectors marked CH1 to CH8 are not
connected.)

Two types of connectors for external interfaces are on the front panel of the ICP_V24:

25-pin D-type male connector for synchronous V.24 interfaces

9-pin D-type male connector for transparent or asynchronous V.24 interfaces

The following figure identifies the 25-pin D-type male connector pins as seen when looking into the
connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire
connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and
a distribution frame.
Figure 8-11: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification

Table 8-22: ICP_V24 synchronous V.24 25-pin D-type connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

---

Not connected

---

---

SD (103)

Transmit data

Input

Brown

RD (104)

Receive data

Output

Brown/Gray-ring

RTS (105)

Request to send

Input

Red

CTS (106)

Clear to send

Output

Red/Gray-ring

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Orange

GND

Signal ground

---

Orange/Gray-ring

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Yellow

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-33

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

---

Not connected

---

---

10

---

Not connected

---

---

11

---

Not connected

---

---

12

---

Not connected

---

---

13

---

Not connected

---

---

14

---

Not connected

---

---

15

TC (114)

Transmit timing

---

Yellow/Gray-ring

16

---

Not connected

---

---

17

RC (115)

Receive timing

---

Green

18

---

Not connected

---

---

19

---

Not connected

---

---

20

DTR(108)

Data terminal ready

Input

Green/Gray-ring

21

---

Not connected

---

---

22

---

Not connected

---

---

23

---

Not connected

---

---

24

TMC (113)

DTE timing

Input

Blue

25

---

Not connected

---

---

The following figure identifies the 9-pin D-type male connector pins as seen when looking into the
connector. The tables list the pin assignment for a typical connector in modes asynchronous with controls
and transparent without controls. These tables also list the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution
frame.
Figure 8-12: 9-pin D-type male connector, pin identification

Table 8-23: ICP_V24 asynchronous V.24 9-pin D-type connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Blue/White ring

SD (103)

Transmit data

Input

White/Blue ring

RD (104)

Receive data

Output

Orange/White ring

DTR (108)

Data terminal ready

Input

White/Orange ring

GND

Signal ground

---

White/Green ring

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Green/White ring

CTS (106)

Clear to send

Output

Brown/White ring

RTS (105)

Request to send

Input

White/Brown ring

---

Not connected

---

---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-34

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Table 8-24: ICP_V24 transparent V.24 9-pin D-type connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

---

Not connected

---

---

SD (103)

Transmit data

Input

Brown

RD (104)

Receive data

Output

Brown/Black

---

Not connected

---

---

GND

Receive data

---

Red

---

Not connected

---

---

---

Not connected

---

---

---

Not connected

---

---

---

Not connected

---

---

8.16 ICP_V35 Connection Data


V.35 interfaces in the SM_V35E are always in DCE mode. One ICP_V35 can serve a single SM_V35E module.
Two M34 female connectors for external interfaces are on the front panel of the ICP_V35.
The following figure identifies the M34 female connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The
table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution
frame.
Figure 8-13: M34 female connector, pin identification

Table 8-25: ICP_V35 M34 female connector, pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CGND (101)

Case ground

---

Brown

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Brown/Gray ring

RTS (105)

Request to send

Input

Red

CTS (106)

Clear to send

Output

Red/Gray ring

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Orange

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Orange/Gray ring

DTR (108)

Data terminal ready

Input

Yellow

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data +

Input

Green

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-35

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

TD- (103b)

Transmit data -

Input

Green/Gray ring

RD+ (104a)

Receive data +

Output

Blue

RD- (104b)

Receive data -

Output

Blue/Gray ring

TMC+ (113a)

Terminal clock +

Input

Violet

TMC- (113b)

Terminal clock -

Input

Violet/Gray ring

RC+ (115a)

Receive clock +

Output

White

RC- (115b)

Receive clock -

Output

White/Gray ring

TC+ (114a)

Transmit clock +

Output

Pink

AA

TC- (114b)

Transmit clock -

Output

Pink/Gray ring

8.17 ICP_V11_V24 Connection Data


One ICP_V11_V24 can serve one SM_V35_V11 module. Two DB15 female connectors and two DB25 male
connectors make up two channels for external interfaces on the front panel of the ICP_V11_V24. Each
channel has one DB15 female connector and one DB25 male connector.
The following figure identifies the 15-pin D-type female connector pins as seen when looking into the
connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire
connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI.
Figure 8-14: 15-pin D-type female connector, pin identification

Table 8-26: ICP_V11_V24 15-pin D-type connector, pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CGND

Case ground

---

---

T+

Transmit data+

Input

Brown

C+

Request to send+

Input

Orange

R+

Receive data+

Output

White

I+

Clear to send+

Output

Yellow

S+

Transmit timing+

Output

Red

---

Not connected

---

---

Ground

Signal GND

---

Green

T-

Transmit data-

Input

Brown/Gray Loop

10

C-

Request to send-

Input

Orange/Gray Loop

11

R-

Receive data-

Output

White/Gray Loop

12

I-

Clear to send-

Output

Yellow/Gray Loop

13

S-

Transmit timing-

Output

Red/Gray Loop

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-36

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

14

---

Not connected

---

---

15

---

Not connected

---

---

The following figure identifies the 25-pin D-type male connector pins as seen when looking into the
connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire
connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and
a distribution frame.
Figure 8-15: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification

Table 8-27: ICP_V11_V24 V.24 25-pin D-type connector, pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

---

Not connected

---

---

SD (103)

Transmit data

Input

Brown

RD (104)

Receive data

Output

Brown/Gray-ring

RTS (105)

Request to send

Input

Red

CTS (106)

Clear to send

Output

Red/Gray-ring

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Orange

GND

Signal ground

---

Orange/Gray-ring

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Yellow

---

Not connected

---

---

10

---

Not connected

---

---

11

---

Not connected

---

---

12

---

Not connected

---

---

13

---

Not connected

---

---

14

---

Not connected

---

---

15

TC (114)

Transmit timing

---

Yellow/Gray-ring

16

---

Not connected

---

---

17

RC (115)

Receive timing

---

Green

18

---

Not connected

---

---

19

---

Not connected

---

---

20

DTR (108)

Data terminal ready

Input

Green/Gray-ring

21

---

Not connected

---

---

22

---

Not connected

---

---

23

---

Not connected

---

---

24

TMC (113)

DTE timing

Input

Blue

25

---

Not connected

---

---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-37

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

8.18 ICP_DB37D Connection Data


One ICP_DB37D can serve one SM_V35_V11 module. Two DB37 female connectors for external interfaces
are on the front panel of the ICP_DB37D. Connector pin-out is defined for the following six types of
interfaces:

RS449

RS422

V.36

V.35

V.11/X.24

Synchronous V.24

The following figure identifies the 37-pin D-type female connector pins as seen when looking into the
connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire
connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and
a distribution frame.
Figure 8-16: 37-pin D-type female connector, pin identification

Table 8-28: ICP_DB37D 37 pin D-type connector, pin assignment


Pin

Name

CGND

---

Direction

Wire color

---

Black

Not connected

---

---

---

Not connected

---

---

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data+

Output

Black/White

TC+ (114a)

Transmit timing+

Output

Brown

RD+ (104a)

Receive data+

Input

Brown/White

RTS_O+ (105a)

Request to send+

Input

Red

RC+ (115a)

Receive timing+

Input

Red/White

CTS_O+

Clear to send+

Output

Orange

10

---

Not connected

---

---

11

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Orange/White

12

DTR (108)

Data terminal ready

Input

Yellow

13

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Yellow/Black

---

Not connected

---

---

14

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Function
Case ground

8-38

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

15

---

Not connected

---

---

16

---

Not connected

---

---

17

TMC+ (113a)

Terminal timing+

---

Green

18

---

Not connected

---

---

19

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Green/White

20

---

Not connected

---

---

21

---

Not connected

---

---

22

TD- (103b)

Transmit data-

Output

Blue

23

TC- (114b)

Transmit timing-

Output

Blue/White

24

RD- (104b)

Receive data-

---

Purple

25

RTS_O- (105b)

Request to send-

Input

Purple/White

26

RC- (115b)

Receive timing-

Input

Gray

27

CTS- (106b)

Clear to send-

Output

Gray/Black

28

---

Not connected

---

---

29

---

Not connected

---

---

30

---

Not connected

---

---

31

---

Not connected

---

---

32

---

Not connected

---

---

33

---

Not connected

---

---

34

---

Not connected

---

---

35

TMC- (113b)

Terminal timing-

Output

White

36

---

Not connected

---

---

37

---

Not connected

---

---

Table 8-29: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-449 pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data+

Output

Black/White

RD+ (104a)

Receive data+

Input

Brown/White

19

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Green/White

22

TD- (103b)

Transmit data-

Output

Blue

24

RD- (104b)

Receive data-

---

Purple

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-39

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Table 8-30: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-422 pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data+

Output

Black/White

RD+ (104a)

Receive data+

Input

Brown/White

19

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Green/White

22

TD- (103b)

Transmit data-

Output

Blue

24

RD- (104b)

Receive data-

---

Purple

Table 8-31: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.36 pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CGND

Case ground

---

Black

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data+

Output

Black/White

TC+ (114a)

Transmit timing+

Output

Brown

RD+ (104a)

Receive data+

Input

Brown/White

RTS_O+ (105a)

Request to send+

Input

Red

RC+ (115a)

Receive timing+

Input

Red/White

CTS_O+

Clear to send+

Output

Orange

11

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Orange/White

12

DTR (108)

Data terminal ready

Input

Yellow

13

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Yellow/Black

17

TMC+ (113a)

Terminal timing+

---

Green

19

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Green/White

22

TD- (103b)

Transmit data-

Output

Blue

23

TC- (114b)

Transmit timing-

Output

Blue/White

24

RD- (104b)

Receive data-

---

Purple

26

RC- (115b)

Receive timing-

Input

Gray

35

TMC- (113b)

Terminal timing-

Output

White

Table 8-32: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.35 pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CGND

Case ground

---

Black

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data+

Output

Black/White

TC+ (114a)

Transmit timing+

Output

Brown

RD+ (104a)

Receive data+

Input

Brown/White

RTS_O+ (105a)

Request to send+

Input

Red

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-40

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

RC+ (115a)

Receive timing+

Input

Red/White

CTS_O+

Clear to send+

Output

Orange

11

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Orange/White

12

DTR (108)

Data terminal ready

Input

Yellow

13

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Yellow/Black

17

TMC+ (113a)

Terminal timing+

---

Green

19

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Green/White

22

TD- (103b)

Transmit data-

Output

Blue

23

TC- (114b)

Transmit timing-

Output

Blue/White

24

RD- (104b)

Receive data-

---

Purple

26

RC- (115b)

Receive timing-

Input

Gray

35

TMC- (113b)

Terminal timing-

Output

White

Table 8-33: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.11/X.24 pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CGND

Case ground

---

Black

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data+

Output

Black/White

TC+ (114a)

Transmit timing+

Output

Brown

RD+ (104a)

Receive data+

Input

Brown/White

RTS_O+ (105a)

Request to send+

Input

Red

CTS_O+

Clear to send+

Output

Orange

19

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Green/White

22

TD- (103b)

Transmit data-

Output

Blue

23

TC- (114b)

Transmit timing-

Output

Blue/White

24

RD- (104b)

Receive data-

---

Purple

25

RTS_O- (105b)

Request to send-

Input

Purple/White

27

CTS- (106b)

Clear to send-

Output

Gray/Black

Table 8-34: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, synchronous V.24 pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data+

Output

Black/White

TC+ (114a)

Transmit timing+

Output

Brown

RD+ (104a)

Receive data+

Input

Brown/White

RTS_O+ (105a)

Request to send+

Input

Red

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-41

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

RC+ (115a)

Receive timing+

Input

Red/White

CTS_O+

Clear to send+

Output

Orange

11

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Orange/White

12

DTR (108)

Data terminal ready

Input

Yellow

13

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Yellow/Black

17

TMC+ (113a)

Terminal timing+

---

Green

19

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Green/White

8.19 RAP-4B Connectors


8.19.1 SHELF ALARM Connectors
The four ALARM connectors are 36-pin SCSI female connectors that can each be connected to the ALARMS
connector of an NPT-1200, XDM, BG, or 9600 series platform. The following figure identifies the connector
pins (as seen when looking into the connector).
Figure 8-17: RAP-4B SHELF ALARM connector, pin identification

Table 8-35: RAP-4B PLATFORM ALARM connector, pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

N/C

--

--

ALM_IP1

Alarm input 1, + wire

Input

ALM_IN1

Alarm input 1, - wire

Input

ALM_IP2

Alarm input 2, + wire

Input

ALM_IN2

Alarm input 2, - wire

Input

ALM_IP3

Alarm input 3, + wire

Input

ALM_IN3

Alarm input 3, - wire

Input

ALM_IP4

Alarm input 4, + wire

Input

ALM_IN4

Alarm input 4, - wire

Input

10

N/C

--

--

11

N/C

--

--

12

GND

Ground

--

13

ALM_O1

Alarm output 1 common

Output

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-42

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

14

N/C

--

--

15

GND

Ground

--

16

ALM_O2

Alarm output 2 common

Output

17

N/C

--

--

18

BUZ_COM

Buzzer common

Input

19

N/C

--

--

20

GND

Ground

--

21

CRIT_COM

Critical alarm common

--

22

N/C

--

--

23

MAJ_COM

Major alarm common

Input

24

GND

Ground

--

25

N/C

--

--

26

GND

Ground

--

27

MIN_COM

Minor alarm common

Input

28

N/C

--

--

29

WARN_COM

Warning alarm common

--

30

GND

Ground

--

31

N/C

--

--

32

N/C

--

--

33

N/C

--

--

34

N/C

--

--

35

GND

Ground

--

36

N/C

--

--

8.19.2 ALARM IN/OUT Connector


The ALARM IN/OUT connector is a 68-pin SCSI female connector that carries three groups of lines to the
customer equipment:

Sixteen external alarm inputs connected to the ALARM inputs of the NPT platforms. Four inputs are
allocated to each one. Each input is activated by closing a dry contact provided from the customer's
facility.

Eight sets of changeover relay contacts, floating with respect to platform ground, that serve as rack
(bay) status outputs. Each couple of the eight relays is assigned to the two output alarm lines of each
NPT platform connected to the RAP-4B.

Four sets of changeover relay contacts, floating with respect to platform ground, that serve as rack
(bay) alarm indication lines. The relays, identified as critical, major, minor, and warning, are activated
by the corresponding alarm relays of NPT platforms.

Relay contact ratings are 72 V in open state and 1A in closed state.


ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-43

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

The following figure identifies the ALARM IN/OUT connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector.
Figure 8-18: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin identification

Table 8-36: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin assignment


Assignment

Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

Wire color

Platform 1

ALM_01NO

Output relay 1, normally open contact

Output

Black

ALM_01COM

Output relay 1, common contact

Output

Brown

ALM_01NC

Output relay 1, normally closed contact

Output

Red

ALM_02NO

Output relay 2, normally open contact

Output

Orange

ALM_02COM

Output relay 2, common contact

Output

Yellow

ALM_02NC

Output relay 2, normally closed contact

Output

Green

ALM_03NO

Output relay 3, normally open contact

Output

Blue

ALM_03COM

Output relay 3, common contact

Output

Violet

ALM_03NC

Output relay 3, normally closed contact

Output

Gray

10

ALM_04NO

Output relay 4, normally open contact

Output

White

11

ALM_04COM

Output relay 4, common contact

Output

Pink

12

ALM_04NC

Output relay 4, normally closed contact

Output

Light Green

13

ALM_05NO

Output relay 5, normally open contact

Output

Black/White

14

ALM_05COM

Output relay 5, common contact

Output

Brown/White

15

ALM_05NC

Output relay 5, normally closed contact

Output

Red/White

16

ALM_06NO

Output relay 6, normally open contact

Output

Orange/White

17

ALM_06COM

Output relay 6, common contact

Output

Green/White

18

ALM_06NC

Output relay 6, normally closed contact

Output

Blue/White

19

ALM_07NO

Output relay 7, normally open contact

Output

Violet/White

20

ALM_07COM

Output relay 7, common contact

Output

Red/Black

21

ALM_07NC

Output relay 7, normally closed contact

Output

Orange/Black

22

ALM_08NO

Output relay 8, normally open contact

Output

Yellow/Black

23

ALM_08COM

Output relay 8, common contact

Output

Green/Black

24

ALM_08NC

Output relay 8, normally closed contact

Output

Gray/Black

25

CRIT_NC

Critical alarm relay, normally closed contact

Output

Pink/Black

26

CRIT_NO

Critical alarm relay, normally open contact

Output

Pink/Green

Platform 2

Platform 3

Platform 4

All platforms

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-44

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Assignment

Platform 1

Platform 2

Platform 3

Platform 4

Connection Data

Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

Wire color

27

CRIT_COM

Critical alarm relay, common contact

Output

Pink/Red

28

MAJ_NC

Major alarm relay, normally closed contact

Output

Pink/Violet

29

MAJ_NO

Major alarm relay, normally open contact

Output

Light Blue

30

MAJ_COM

Major alarm relay, common contact

Output

Light Blue/Brown

31

MIN_NC

Minor alarm relay, normally closed contact

Output

Light Blue/Red

32

MIN_NO

Minor alarm relay, normally open contact

Output

Light Blue/Violet

33

MIN_COM

Minor alarm relay, common contact

Output

Light Blue/Black

34

WARN_COM

Warning alarm relay, common contact

Output

Gray/Green

35

ALMIN1

External alarm input 1

Input

Gray/Red

36

ALM_IN1

External alarm input 1

Input

Gray/Violet

37

ALMIN2

External alarm input 2

Input

Light Green/Black

38

ALM_IN2

External alarm input 2

Input

Violet/Black

39

ALMIN3

External alarm input 3

Input

Black/White dots

40

ALM_IN3

External alarm input 3

Input

Brown/White dots

41

ALMIN4

External alarm input 4

Input

Red/White dots

42

ALM_IN4

External alarm input 4

Input

Orange/White dots

43

ALMIN5

External alarm input 5

Input

Green/White dots

44

ALM_IN5

External alarm input 5

Input

Blue/White dots

45

ALMIN6

External alarm input 6

Input

Violet/White dots

46

ALM_IN6

External alarm input 6

Input

White/Black dots

47

ALMIN7

External alarm input 7

Input

Yellow/Black dots

48

ALM_IN7

External alarm input 7

Input

Green/Black dots

49

ALMIN8

External alarm input 8

Input

Light Blue/Black dots

50

ALM_IN8

External alarm input 8

Input

Pink/Black dots

51

ALMIN9

External alarm input 9

Input

Red/Black dots

52

ALM_IN9

External alarm input 9

Input

Orange/Black dots

53

ALMIN10

External alarm input 10

Input

Violet/Black dots

54

ALM_IN10

External alarm input 10

Input

Gray/Black dots

55

ALMIN11

External alarm input 11

Input

Orange/Red dots

56

ALM_IN11

External alarm input 11

Input

Yellow/Red dot

57

ALMIN12

External alarm input 12

Input

Green/Red dots

58

ALM_IN12

External alarm input 12

Input

Blue/Red dots

59

ALMIN13

External alarm input 13

Input

Violet/Red dots

60

ALM_IN13

External alarm input 13

Input

Gray/Red dots

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-45

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Assignment

All platforms

Connection Data

Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

Wire color

61

ALMIN14

External alarm input 14

Input

White/Red dots

62

ALM_IN14

External alarm input 14

Input

Pink/Red dots

63

ALMIN15

External alarm input 15

Input

Yellow/White

64

ALM_IN15

External alarm input 15

Input

Gray/White

65

ALMIN16

External alarm input 16

Input

Pink/White

66

ALM_IN16

External alarm input 16

Input

Brown/Black

67

WARN_NC

Warning alarm relay, normally closed contact

Output

Blue/Black

68

WARN_NO

Warning alarm relay, normally open contact

Output

Gray/White dots

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-46

Rack Installation

9.1

Installing Equipment Racks


NOTE:

The instructions in this Appendix are relevant to the installation of all rack types.
However, it is recommended that NPT-1020 platforms be installed in ETSI A racks.

9.1.1 Marking Rack Floor


You need to mark out the rack floor plan before installing the rack.

Before you start:


Before starting, find the prescribed location of each equipment rack.
If you have not yet unpacked the rack and the associated mounting kits, do so now (see Unpacking and
Performing Visual Inspection).

To mark out the rack floor plan:


1.

For each rack, mark out the floor at the rack location(s) according to the floor plan template
corresponding to the type of rack being installed:

ETSI A and ETSI B racks: Use template of diagram a. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for ETSI
racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors).

23 rack: Use template of diagram a. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for 19 and 23 racks"
(Rack Installation on Wooden Floors).

19 rack: Use template of diagram b. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for 19 and 23 racks"
(Rack Installation on Wooden Floors).

The marked locations are a helpful guide for positioning the racks.
2.

If the installation is located at a site with a floating (suspended) floor, also mark out all cable entry
slots.

3.

For concrete or wooden floors, mark out all the points designated for equipment bolting.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

9-1

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Rack Installation

9.1.2 Installing the Rack on Concrete Floors


To install the rack on a concrete floor:
1.

Drill the required mounting holes in accordance with the appropriate template. See diagram a. in the
figure "Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks", and diagram a. or b. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for
19 and 23 racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors).

2.

Insert expansion shields into the holes.

3.

Position the rack over the mounting holes.

4.

Secure the rack to the floor with the bolts supplied in the mounting kit, in accordance with diagram b.
or diagram c. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for 19 and 23 racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden
Floors).

9.1.3 Installing the Rack on Wooden Floors


To install the rack on a wooden floor:
1.

Drill the required mounting holes in accordance with the appropriate template (see the following
figures), using a 5 mm drill bit.

2.

Position the rack over the mounting holes.

3.

Secure the rack to the floor using the appropriate wood screws (see the following figures).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

9-2

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Rack Installation

Figure 9-1: Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

9-3

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Rack Installation

Figure 9-2: Mounting diagrams for 19" and 23" racks

9.1.4 Installing the Rack on Floating (Suspended) Floors


To install the rack on a floating (suspended) floor:
1.

Drill the required mounting holes in the suspended floor, in accordance with the appropriate
template.

2.

Position the rack over the mounting holes.

3.

Secure the rack to the floor in accordance with diagram c. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for ETSI
racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

9-4

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

Rack Installation

9.1.5 Installing the Rack on Suspended Overhead Trays


To install the rack on a suspended overhead tray:
1.

See the following figure and position the overhead rack securing brackets.

2.

Secure the rack to the overhead cabling trays, using the adjustable brackets. 2200 mm high racks may
also be attached to the ceiling; 2600 mm racks are generally attached only to the ceiling.
Figure 9-3: Rack mounting diagram for attachment to suspended overhead tray (2200 mm rack)

9.1.6 Installing Extendable Rails


In high-density installations, it may be necessary to install the xRAP above the rack using the extendable
installation rails available from ECI.
In this case, attach the extendable installation rails to the top of the rack before installing the equipment.

9.1.7 Grounding the Rack


Immediately after installing the rack, connect its grounding stud to the prescribed grounding point on the
site grounding bar.
Use a grounding lead that meets the requirements described in Rack Grounding Requirements.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

9-5

NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual

9.2

Rack Installation

Installing 19" Racks

The NPT-1020 can also be installed in European 19 racks. This is accepted under the limitations that the
racks general dimensions are according to the following figure. Any other European 19 rack must first be
examined and approved by ECI.
Figure 9-4: Example of an approved European 19 rack

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

9-6

You might also like